TW201908781A - Elliptical polarizer - Google Patents

Elliptical polarizer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201908781A
TW201908781A TW107123702A TW107123702A TW201908781A TW 201908781 A TW201908781 A TW 201908781A TW 107123702 A TW107123702 A TW 107123702A TW 107123702 A TW107123702 A TW 107123702A TW 201908781 A TW201908781 A TW 201908781A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
layer
liquid crystal
retardation
refractive index
wavelength
Prior art date
Application number
TW107123702A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI796342B (en
Inventor
西辰昌
幡中伸行
Original Assignee
日商住友化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商住友化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商住友化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW201908781A publication Critical patent/TW201908781A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI796342B publication Critical patent/TWI796342B/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/80Constructional details
    • H10K59/8791Arrangements for improving contrast, e.g. preventing reflection of ambient light
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3016Polarising elements involving passive liquid crystal elements
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
    • G02B5/3033Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
    • G02B5/3041Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid comprising multiple thin layers, e.g. multilayer stacks
    • G02B5/305Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid comprising multiple thin layers, e.g. multilayer stacks including organic materials, e.g. polymeric layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3083Birefringent or phase retarding elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/02Details
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/80Constructional details
    • H10K59/875Arrangements for extracting light from the devices
    • H10K59/879Arrangements for extracting light from the devices comprising refractive means, e.g. lenses
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/80Constructional details
    • H10K59/8793Arrangements for polarized light emission
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2309/00Parameters for the laminating or treatment process; Apparatus details
    • B32B2309/08Dimensions, e.g. volume
    • B32B2309/10Dimensions, e.g. volume linear, e.g. length, distance, width
    • B32B2309/105Thickness

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides an elliptical polarizing plate having excellent processing characteristics without defects such as waving on a cut end face even if cutting is performed. The present invention relates to an elliptical polarizing plate having a polarizing layer, a [lambda]/4 retardation layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer, and a reinforcing layer; wherein the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer is composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound oriented in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal cured layer, the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer is 3 [mu]m or less, and the interlayer distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer and the reinforcing layer is 5 [mu]m or less.

Description

橢圓偏光板    Elliptical polarizer   

本發明係關於可利用於顯示器等的橢圓偏光板,以及包含該橢圓偏光板的有機EL顯示裝置。 The present invention relates to an elliptically polarizing plate that can be used in displays and the like, and an organic EL display device including the elliptically polarizing plate.

近年來,隨著顯示器的多樣化,要求橢圓偏光板的薄膜化。就用以使橢圓偏光板薄膜化之一方法而言,已知將橢圓偏光板所使用的相位差板,從延伸相位差板變更為由聚合性液晶化合物在已配向的狀態下硬化所得之液晶硬化膜所成的相位差板。例如,專利文獻1揭示組合有由液晶硬化膜所成的水平配向的λ/4相位差板以及由液晶硬化膜所成的在膜厚方向具有各向異性(也稱為異向性)的相位差板的附光學補償功能的圓偏光板。 In recent years, with the diversification of displays, thinning of elliptically polarizing plates is required. As a method for thinning an elliptically polarizing plate, it is known to change the retardation plate used in the elliptically polarizing plate from an extended retardation plate to a liquid crystal obtained by curing a polymerized liquid crystal compound in an aligned state. A retardation plate made of hardened film. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a combination of a λ / 4 retardation plate having a horizontal alignment formed by a liquid crystal cured film and a phase formed by the liquid crystal cured film having anisotropy (also referred to as anisotropy) in the film thickness direction. Circular polarizer with optical compensation function for differential plate.

[先前技術文獻]     [Prior technical literature]     [專利文獻]     [Patent Literature]    

[專利文獻1]日本特開2015-163935號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-163935

但是,橢圓偏光板所含的液晶硬化膜為了 薄膜化,係藉由在基材上形成液晶硬化膜後,轉印至偏光板,而只剝離基材的方法而形成,但剝離基材後的液晶硬化膜的機械強度不足。所以,若欲將形成於基材上的液晶硬化膜單獨轉印至偏光板而得到橢圓偏光板時,在將所得之膜切割為符合目的之製品的大小的情況,有時會在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷。 However, in order to reduce the thickness of the liquid crystal cured film included in the elliptical polarizing plate, the liquid crystal cured film is formed on the base material and then transferred to the polarizing plate to peel off the base material. The mechanical strength of the liquid crystal cured film is insufficient. Therefore, if the liquid crystal cured film formed on the substrate is to be individually transferred to a polarizing plate to obtain an elliptical polarizing plate, when the obtained film is cut to a size suitable for the purpose, it may sometimes occur on the cut end surface. Defects such as undulations.

所以,本發明的目的係關於即使切割也不會在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷且具有良好的加工特性的橢圓偏光板,以及包含該橢圓偏光板的有機EL顯示裝置。 Therefore, the object of the present invention is an elliptically polarizing plate that does not cause defects such as wave undulations on the cutting end surface and has good processing characteristics, and an organic EL display device including the elliptically polarizing plate.

本發明人為了解決上述課題,致力檢討的結果,完成本發明。亦即,本發明包含以下者。 In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors worked hard on the results of the review and completed the present invention. That is, the present invention includes the following.

[1]一種橢圓偏光板,其係具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層及補強層,其中,垂直配向液晶硬化層為由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在垂直方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成,垂直配向液晶硬化層的膜厚為3μm以下。 [1] An elliptically polarizing plate comprising a polarizing layer, a λ / 4 retardation layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer, and a reinforcing layer, wherein the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer is formed by The polymer of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a state of vertical alignment is composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer is 3 μm or less.

此處,垂直配向液晶硬化層與補強層的層間距離例如為5μm以下。 Here, the interlayer distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer and the reinforcing layer is, for example, 5 μm or less.

[2]如[1]所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,補強層的膜厚為1至10μm。 [2] The elliptically polarizing plate according to [1], wherein the film thickness of the reinforcing layer is 1 to 10 μm.

[3]如[1]或[2]所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,λ/4相位差層為水平配向液晶硬化層,水平配向液晶硬化層為由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在水平方向配向的狀態的聚 合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成。 [3] The elliptical polarizing plate according to [1] or [2], wherein the λ / 4 retardation layer is a horizontally aligned liquid crystal hardened layer, and the horizontally aligned liquid crystal hardened layer is formed by A polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound aligned in a horizontal direction.

[4]如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層。 [4] The elliptical polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [3], which has a polarizing layer, a λ / 4 retardation layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer, and a reinforcing layer in this order.

[5]如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層、λ/4相位差層。 [5] The elliptical polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [3], which has a polarizing layer, a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer, a reinforcing layer, and a λ / 4 retardation layer in this order.

[6]如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、補強層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、λ/4相位差層。 [6] The elliptical polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [3], which sequentially includes a polarizing layer, a reinforcing layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer, and a λ / 4 retardation layer.

[7]如[1]至[6]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,補強層為包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷(oxetane)樹脂、胺酯樹脂及三聚氰胺樹脂所成群組的至少1種而成者。 [7] The elliptical polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the reinforcing layer is selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin, epoxy resin, oxetane resin, and amine ester resin. And at least one selected from the group consisting of melamine resin.

[8]如[1]至[7]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其係在垂直配向液晶硬化層與補強層之間具有膜厚5μm以下的配向層,該配向層為由構成元素中包含Si元素、C元素及O元素的化合物所構成的層。 [8] The elliptical polarizer according to any one of [1] to [7], which has an alignment layer having a film thickness of 5 μm or less between the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer and the reinforcing layer, and the alignment layer is composed of The element includes a layer composed of a compound of the Si element, the C element, and the O element.

[9]如[1]至[8]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,於鄰接的各層中,在波長550nm的面內平均折射率的差為0.20以下。 [9] The elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [8], in which the difference in the average refractive index between the adjacent layers in a plane of a wavelength of 550 nm is 0.20 or less.

[10]如[1]至[9]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,關於λ/4相位差層,在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係, nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ)≒nzQ(λ)[式中,nxQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈平行的方向的主折射率;nyQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於相位差層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxQ(λ)的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;nzQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率];並且滿足下述式(1)至(3)的關係,ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)≦1.00 (1) [10] The elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the λ / 4 retardation layer has a refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ / 4 retardation layer at a wavelength The range of λ = 400 to 700nm has the relationship of nxQ (λ)> nyQ (λ) ≒ nzQ (λ) [where nxQ (λ) is the refractive index formed in the λ / 4 retardation layer In the ellipsoid, the principal refractive index of light with a wavelength of λ (nm) in a direction parallel to the plane of the retardation layer; nyQ (λ) represents the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ / 4 retardation layer, Refractive index of light of wavelength λ (nm) parallel to the plane of the retardation layer and orthogonal to the direction of the aforementioned nxQ (λ); nzQ (λ) represents the In the formed refractive index ellipsoid, the refractive index of light having a wavelength of λ (nm) in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the retardation layer]; and satisfying the relationship of the following formulae (1) to (3), ReQ (450 ) / ReQ (550) ≦ 1.00 (1)

1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2) 1.00 ≦ ReQ (650) / ReQ (550) (2)

100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3) 100nm ≦ ReQ (550) ≦ 160nm (3)

[式中,ReQ(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值ReQ(λ)係以ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ表示,此處dQ表示λ/4相位差層的厚度]。 [In the formula, ReQ (450) represents the in-plane retardation value of the λ / 4 retardation layer for light having a wavelength of λ = 450 nm, and ReQ (550) represents the retardation value of the λ / 4 retardation layer for light having a wavelength of λ = 550 nm. In-plane retardation value, ReQ (650) represents the in-plane retardation value of a λ / 4 retardation layer for light having a wavelength of λ = 650 nm, and the in-plane retardation layer of λ / 4 retardation layer for a light having a wavelength of λ (nm) The retardation value ReQ (λ) is represented by ReQ (λ) = (nxQ (λ) -nyQ (λ)) × dQ, where dQ represents the thickness of the λ / 4 retardation layer].

[11]如[1]至[10]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,關於垂直配向液晶硬化層,在垂直配向液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係, nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ) [11] The elliptical polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [10], wherein the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer has a refractive index ellipsoid formed by the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer at a wavelength λ = The range from 400 to 700 nm has the relationship of nzV (λ)> nxV (λ) ≒ nyV (λ)

[式中,nzV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率;nxV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的方向的最大折射率,nyV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxV的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;但是於nxV(λ)=nyV(λ)的情況,nxV(λ)表示相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的任意方向的折射率];並且滿足下述式(4)至(6)的關係,RthV(450)/RthV(550)≦1.00 (4) [In the formula, nzV (λ) represents the refractive index in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardened layer in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer with respect to light having a wavelength of λ (nm); nxV (λ) Is the maximum refractive index of the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardened layer in the direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer with respect to the wavelength λ (nm), and nyV (λ) is the In the formed refractive index ellipsoid, the refractive index of light having a wavelength of λ (nm) that is parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer and orthogonal to the direction of the aforementioned nxV; however, nxV (λ) = nyV ( λ), nxV (λ) represents the refractive index in any direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer]; and satisfies the relationship of the following formulas (4) to (6), RthV (450) / RthV (550) ≦ 1.00 (4)

1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5) 1.00 ≦ RthV (650) / RthV (550) (5)

-120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm (6) -120nm ≦ RthV (550) ≦ -50nm (6)

[式中,RthV(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值RthV(λ)係以RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV表示;此處,在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,nzV(λ)表示在波長λ(nm)的相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向 的主折射率,「(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2」表示在波長λ(nm)的在液晶硬化層平面的平均折射率;dV表示液晶硬化層的厚度]。 [In the formula, RthV (450) represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light having a wavelength of λ = 450nm, and RthV (550) represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light having a wavelength of λ = 550nm Value, RthV (650) represents the retardation value of the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light having a wavelength of λ = 650nm, and the retardation value of the thickness direction RthV (λ) of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light having a wavelength of λ (nm) is It is represented by RthV (λ) = [(nxV (λ) + nyV (λ)) / 2-nzV (λ)] × dV; here, in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardened layer, nzV (λ) Represents the principal refractive index at a wavelength of λ (nm) in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer, and "(nxV (λ) + nyV (λ)) / 2" indicates that at the wavelength of λ (nm) in the liquid crystal hardened layer The average refractive index in a plane; dV represents the thickness of the liquid crystal hardened layer].

[12]一種有機EL顯示裝置,具備如[1]至[11]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板。 [12] An organic EL display device including the elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [11].

[13]一種有機EL顯示裝置,具備如[1]至[12]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板。 [13] An organic EL display device including the elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [12].

本發明的橢圓偏光板,即使切割也不會在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷,且具有良好的加工特性。 The elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention does not cause defects such as undulations on the cutting end surface even when cutting, and has good processing characteristics.

1,10,100‧‧‧橢圓偏光板 1,10,100‧‧‧‧ellips

2‧‧‧偏光層 2‧‧‧ polarizing layer

3‧‧‧黏著層 3‧‧‧ Adhesive layer

4‧‧‧λ/4相位差層 4‧‧‧λ / 4 retardation layer

5‧‧‧配向層 5‧‧‧Alignment layer

6‧‧‧垂直配向液晶硬化層 6‧‧‧ Vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer

7‧‧‧垂直配向層 7‧‧‧ vertical alignment layer

8‧‧‧補強層 8‧‧‧ reinforcement layer

第1圖係表示本發明的橢圓偏光板的層構成的一例之剖面示意圖。 FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a layer configuration of an elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention.

第2圖係表示本發明的橢圓偏光板的層構成的一例之剖面示意圖。 Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a layer configuration of an elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention.

第3圖係表示本發明的橢圓偏光板的層構成的一例之剖面示意圖。 Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a layer configuration of an elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention.

本發明的橢圓偏光板具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層及補強層,各層的積層順序可適當地選擇。於較佳的態樣中,各層係依下述的順序積層。偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層;偏光層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層、λ/4相位差層; 偏光層、補強層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、λ/4相位差層。 The elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention includes a polarizing layer, a λ / 4 retardation layer, a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer, and a reinforcing layer. The stacking order of each layer can be appropriately selected. In a preferred aspect, the layers are laminated in the following order. Polarizing layer, λ / 4 retardation layer, vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer, and reinforcing layer; polarizing layer, vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer, reinforcing layer, λ / 4 retardation layer; polarizing layer, reinforcing layer, vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer, λ / 4 retardation layer.

依該等順序積層的本發明的橢圓偏光板的層構成的一例表示於第1至3圖,但本發明不限於該等態樣。 An example of the layer configuration of the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention laminated in this order is shown in Figs. 1 to 3, but the present invention is not limited to these aspects.

第1圖所示的橢圓偏光板1係依序具備偏光層2、黏接著劑3、λ/4相位差層4、配向層5、黏接著劑3、垂直配向液晶硬化層6、垂直配向層7、補強層8。第2圖所示的橢圓偏光板10係依序具備偏光層2、黏接著劑3、垂直配向液晶硬化層6、垂直配向層7、補強層8、黏接著劑3、λ/4相位差層4、配向層5。第3圖所示的橢圓偏光板100係依序具備偏光層2、黏接著劑3、補強層8、垂直配向層7、垂直配向液晶硬化層6、黏接著劑3、λ/4相位差層4、配向層5。橢圓偏光板1、10及100係以偏光層2的吸收軸對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合。而且,偏光層2可在偏光片的單面(黏接著劑3的相反的面)具備透明保護膜。於本說明書中,所謂實質上45°,通常為45°±5°的範圍。 The elliptical polarizing plate 1 shown in FIG. 1 is sequentially provided with a polarizing layer 2, an adhesive 3, a λ / 4 retardation layer 4, an alignment layer 5, an adhesive 3, a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6, and a vertical alignment layer. 7. Reinforcement layer 8. The elliptical polarizing plate 10 shown in FIG. 2 is sequentially provided with a polarizing layer 2, an adhesive 3, a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6, a vertical alignment layer 7, a reinforcing layer 8, an adhesive 3, and a λ / 4 retardation layer. 4. Alignment layer 5. The elliptical polarizing plate 100 shown in FIG. 3 is sequentially provided with a polarizing layer 2, an adhesive 3, a reinforcing layer 8, a vertical alignment layer 7, a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6, an adhesive 3, and a λ / 4 retardation layer. 4. Alignment layer 5. The elliptically polarizing plates 1, 10, and 100 are bonded so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 becomes substantially 45 ° with respect to the slow axis (optical axis) of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4. The polarizing layer 2 may include a transparent protective film on one side of the polarizer (the side opposite to the adhesive 3). In the present specification, the term “substantially 45 °” is usually in a range of 45 ° ± 5 °.

[補強層] [Reinforcement layer]

本發明的橢圓偏光板1、10及100具備補強層8,該補強層8具有補強橢圓偏光板所含的層(特別是垂直配向液晶硬化層6)的功能。橢圓偏光板1、10及100,即使垂直配向液晶硬化層6為薄膜,補強層8仍可充分補強垂直配向液晶硬化層6的強度,若垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8的層間距離小,則可更充分地補強垂直配向液晶硬 化層6的強度。所以,橢圓偏光板的加工特性提高,並可有效地抑制或防止切割端面的缺陷。再者,於本說明書中,所謂「層間距離」係意指垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8的最短距離,所謂「加工特性」係意指在切割橢圓偏光板時,可抑制或防止在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷之特性。 The elliptically polarizing plates 1, 10, and 100 of the present invention are provided with a reinforcing layer 8 having a function of reinforcing a layer included in the elliptically polarizing plate (particularly, a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6). The elliptically polarizing plates 1, 10 and 100, even if the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 is a thin film, the reinforcing layer 8 can fully reinforce the strength of the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6. , The strength of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 can be further reinforced. Therefore, the processing characteristics of the elliptically polarizing plate are improved, and defects at the cutting end face can be effectively suppressed or prevented. In addition, in this specification, the "interlayer distance" means the shortest distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8, and the "processing characteristics" means that when the elliptical polarizing plate is cut, it can be prevented or prevented. Defects such as undulations on the cutting end surface.

垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8的層間距離例如為5μm以下,較佳為3μm以下,更佳為1.5μm以下,又更佳為1.0μm以下,再更佳為500nm以下,特佳為300nm以下。若沒有垂直配向層7,則層間距離為0nm。層間距離的下限必然會依垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8之間的層的膜厚(在第1至3圖的態樣中為垂直配向層7的膜厚)而決定,故無特別限制,較佳為1nm以上。層間距離為上述上限以下時,補強層8可更充分地補強垂直配向液晶硬化層6,可顯現良好的加工特性,故在切割橢圓偏光板時,不會在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷。而且,層間距離越短,補強層8越容易貢獻對垂直配向液晶硬化層6的補強,故有加工特性提高的傾向。 The interlayer distance between the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8 is, for example, 5 μm or less, preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 1.5 μm or less, still more preferably 1.0 μm or less, still more preferably 500 nm or less, and particularly preferably 300 nm. the following. If there is no vertical alignment layer 7, the interlayer distance is 0 nm. The lower limit of the interlayer distance is necessarily determined by the film thickness of the layer between the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8 (the film thickness of the vertical alignment layer 7 in the state of Figs. 1 to 3), so there is no special The limitation is preferably 1 nm or more. When the interlayer distance is below the above upper limit, the reinforcing layer 8 can more fully reinforce the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 and can exhibit good processing characteristics. Therefore, when the elliptical polarizing plate is cut, defects such as undulations on the cutting end face will not be generated. Moreover, the shorter the interlayer distance, the easier it is for the reinforcing layer 8 to contribute to the reinforcement of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6, so that the processing characteristics tend to be improved.

補強層8係由可發揮能夠補強垂直配向液晶硬化層6的強度的材料所構成,例如包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、胺酯樹脂及三聚氰胺樹脂所成群組的至少1種而成。該等之中,從容易形成硬化性高、補強性高的補強層8的觀點來看,較佳為包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、胺酯樹脂 及三聚氰胺樹脂所成群組的至少1種而成,更佳為包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂及胺酯樹脂所成群組的至少1種而成。 The reinforcing layer 8 is made of a material that can exert the strength capable of reinforcing the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6. For example, the reinforcing layer 8 is selected from the group consisting of an acrylic resin, an epoxy resin, an oxetane resin, an amine ester resin, and a melamine resin. Made of at least 1 kind. Among these, from the viewpoint of easily forming the reinforcing layer 8 having high hardening property and high reinforcing property, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin, epoxy resin, oxetane resin, amine ester resin, and melamine resin. It is formed by at least 1 type of the group formed, and more preferably contains at least 1 type selected from the group which consists of an acrylic resin and an amine ester resin.

補強層8較佳為包含以熱、光而硬化的硬化性材料的硬化性組成物的硬化物。包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層8的硬化性材料可舉例如:單官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯;多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己烷二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷三丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四丙烯酸酯、戊甘油三丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、丙三醇三丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、參(丙烯醯氧基乙基)三聚異氰酸酯;乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,6-己烷二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四甲基丙烯酸酯、戊甘油三甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四甲基丙烯酸酯、丙三醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇四甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六甲基丙烯酸酯、參(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基)三聚異氰酸酯等。 (甲基)丙烯酸酯可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用,從抑制因硬化時、硬化後的加熱而產生的捲曲的觀點、提高加工特性的觀點、確保補強層8的充分補強性的觀點來看,可適當地選擇(甲基)丙烯酸酯。而且,從相同的觀點來看,可與環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、胺酯樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂等混合。再者,於本說明書中,有時將丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯合稱為(甲基)丙烯酸酯,有時將丙烯酸與甲基丙烯酸合稱為(甲基)丙烯酸。 The reinforcing layer 8 is preferably a cured product of a curable composition containing a curable material that is cured by heat and light. Examples of the hardening material containing the reinforcing layer 8 made of an acrylic resin include monofunctional (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, ( Hydroxybutyl meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate; polyfunctional (meth) acrylates such as ethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolethane triacrylate, tetramethylolmethane triacrylate, tetramethylol Methylmethane tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, neopentaerythritol triacrylate, neopentaerythritol tetraacrylate, glycerol triacrylate, dinepentaerythritol triacrylate, dinepentaerythritol Tetraacrylate, Dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, Ginseng (propylene ethoxyethyl) trimer isocyanate; ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethyl Acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, Methylolpropane trimethacrylate, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, tetramethylolmethane trimethacrylate, tetramethylolmethane tetramethacrylate, pentyl glycerol trimethacrylate Ester, neopentaerythritol trimethacrylate, neopentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, glycerol trimethacrylate, dinepentaerythritol trimethacrylate, dinepentaerythritol tetramethyl Acrylates, dipentaerythritol pentamethacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, ginsyl (methacryloxyethyl) trimer isocyanate, and the like. The (meth) acrylate can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds, from the viewpoint of suppressing curl caused by heating during and after curing, from the viewpoint of improving processing characteristics, and from the viewpoint of ensuring sufficient reinforcement of the reinforcing layer 8 See, a (meth) acrylate may be appropriately selected. From the same viewpoint, it can be mixed with epoxy resin, oxetane resin, amine ester resin, melamine resin, and the like. In addition, in this specification, an acrylic acid ester and a methacrylic acid ester may be collectively called (meth) acrylic acid ester, and an acrylic acid and methacrylic acid may be collectively called (meth) acrylic acid.

包含胺酯樹脂所成的補強層8的硬化性材料可舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸及/或(甲基)丙烯酸酯、多元醇及二異氰酸酯的反應生成物之胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。具體而言,胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯可藉由從(甲基)丙烯酸及/或(甲基)丙烯酸酯與多元醇調製分子內具有至少1個羥基的羥基(甲基)丙烯酸酯,並使其與二異氰酸酯反應而製造。胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Examples of the hardening material containing the reinforcing layer 8 made of an amine ester resin include an amine (meth) acrylate of a reaction product of (meth) acrylic acid and / or (meth) acrylate, a polyol, and a diisocyanate. Wait. Specifically, the amine ester (meth) acrylate can be prepared from (meth) acrylic acid and / or (meth) acrylate and a polyhydric alcohol by modulating a hydroxy (meth) acrylate having at least one hydroxyl group in the molecule, It is produced by reacting with diisocyanate. The urethane (meth) acrylate can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯可為(甲基)丙烯酸的鏈狀或環狀烷酯。其具體例可舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯等(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯以及(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷酯。前述多元醇係分子內具有至少2個羥基的化合物。可舉例如乙二醇、丙二醇、1,3-丙烷二醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、新戊二醇、1,3-丁烷二醇、1,4-丁烷二醇、1,6-己烷二醇、1,9-壬烷二醇、1,10-癸烷二醇、2,2,4-三甲基-1,3-戊烷二醇、3-甲基-1,3-戊烷二 醇、羥基新戊酸的新戊二醇酯、環己烷二羥甲基、1,4-環己烷二醇、螺甘油(spiroglycol)、三環癸烷二羥甲基、氫化雙酚A、環氧乙烷加成雙酚A、環氧丙烷加成雙酚A、三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、丙三醇、3-甲基戊烷-1,3,5-三醇、新戊四醇、二新戊四醇、三新戊四醇、葡萄糖類等。 The (meth) acrylate may be a chain or cyclic alkyl ester of (meth) acrylic acid. Specific examples thereof include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, and the like ) Cycloalkyl (meth) acrylates such as alkyl acrylate and cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate. The polyol is a compound having at least two hydroxyl groups in a molecule. Examples include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1, 6-hexanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1 , 3-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol ester of hydroxypivalic acid, cyclohexanedimethylol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, spiroglycol, tricyclodecanediol Base, hydrogenated bisphenol A, ethylene oxide addition to bisphenol A, propylene oxide addition to bisphenol A, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, glycerol, 3-methylpentane- 1,3,5-triol, neopentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, trinepentaerythritol, glucose, etc.

二異氰酸酯係分子內具有2個異氰酸酯基(-NCO)的化合物,可使用芳香族、脂肪族或脂環式的各種二異氰酸酯。具體例可舉例如四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、異佛酮二異氰酸酯、2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4’-二苯基二異氰酸酯、1,5-萘二異氰酸酯、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二苯基二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、4,4’-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯及該等之中具有芳香環的二異氰酸酯的核氫化物等。 As the diisocyanate-based compound having two isocyanate groups (-NCO) in the molecule, various diisocyanates of aromatic, aliphatic, or alicyclic types can be used. Specific examples include tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenyl diisocyanate, and 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate. Isocyanate, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diphenyl diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate And nuclear hydrides of diisocyanates having aromatic rings among them.

從抑制因硬化時、硬化後的加熱而產生的捲曲的觀點、提高加工特性的觀點、確保補強層8的充分補強性的觀點來看,可適當地選擇胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯。而且,從相同觀點來看,也可與丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂等混合。 From the viewpoint of suppressing curl caused by heating during and after curing, from the viewpoint of improving processing characteristics, and from the viewpoint of ensuring sufficient reinforcing properties of the reinforcing layer 8, an amine ester (meth) acrylate can be appropriately selected. From the same viewpoint, it may be mixed with an acrylic resin, an epoxy resin, an oxetane resin, a melamine resin, or the like.

包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層的硬化性材料,可舉例如脂環式環氧化合物、芳香族環氧化合物、氫化環氧化合物、脂肪族環氧化合物等。 Examples of the hardening material containing a reinforcing layer made of an epoxy resin include an alicyclic epoxy compound, an aromatic epoxy compound, a hydrogenated epoxy compound, and an aliphatic epoxy compound.

脂環式環氧化合物係分子內具有至少1個直接鍵結於脂環式環的環氧基的化合物。可舉例如3,4-環氧基環己烷甲酸3,4-環氧基環己基甲酯、3,4-環氧基-6-甲 基環己烷甲酸3,4-環氧基-6-甲基環己基甲酯、伸乙基雙(3,4-環氧基環己烷甲酸酯)、己二酸雙(3,4-環氧基環己基甲基)酯、己二酸雙(3,4-環氧基-6-甲基環己基甲基)酯、二乙二醇雙(3,4-環氧基環己基甲基醚)、乙二醇雙(3,4-環氧基環己基甲基)醚等。該等脂環式環氧化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 An alicyclic epoxy compound is a compound having at least one epoxy group directly bonded to an alicyclic ring in a molecule. For example, 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylic acid, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ester, 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid, 3,4-epoxy- 6-methylcyclohexyl methyl ester, ethylidene bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexaneformate), adipic acid bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl) ester, adipic acid Acid bis (3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl) ester, diethylene glycol bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ether), ethylene glycol bis (3,4 -Epoxycyclohexylmethyl) ether and the like. These alicyclic epoxy compounds can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

芳香族環氧化合物係分子內具有芳香族環及環氧基的化合物。其具體例可舉例如:雙酚A的二環氧丙基醚、雙酚F的二環氧丙基醚、雙酚S的二環氧丙基醚等雙酚型環氧化合物或其寡聚物;苯酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、羥基苯甲醛苯酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂等酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂;2,2’,4,4’-四羥基二苯基甲烷的環氧丙基醚、2,2’,4,4’-四羥基二苯甲酮的環氧丙基醚等多官能型環氧化合物;環氧化聚乙烯基酚等多官能型環氧樹脂等。該等芳香族環氧化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The aromatic epoxy compound is a compound having an aromatic ring and an epoxy group in the molecule. Specific examples thereof include bisphenol epoxy compounds such as diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol F, and diglycidyl ether of bisphenol S, or oligomers thereof. Products; novolac epoxy resins such as phenol novolac epoxy resin, cresol novolac epoxy resin, hydroxybenzaldehyde phenol novolac epoxy resin; 2,2 ', 4,4'-tetrahydroxydiphenylmethane Polyfunctional epoxy compounds such as epoxypropyl ether, 2,2 ', 4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone and other polyfunctional epoxy compounds; polyfunctional epoxy resins such as epoxidized polyvinyl phenol Wait. These aromatic epoxy compounds can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

氫化環氧化合物係上述芳香族環氧化合物的核氫化物成為氫化環氧化合物。該等可由下述方法製造:將藉由對於屬於對應的芳香族環氧化合物的原料之芳香族多羥基化合物(典型而言為雙酚類)在觸媒的存在下及加壓下選擇性地進行氫化反應所得之多元醇(典型而言為氫化雙酚類)作為原料,使其與環氧氯丙烷反應,成為氯醇醚,進一步使用鹼使其進行分子內閉環的方法。該等氫化環氧化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The hydrogenated epoxy compound is a core hydride of the above-mentioned aromatic epoxy compound to become a hydrogenated epoxy compound. These can be produced by a method in which an aromatic polyhydroxy compound (typically, bisphenols) for a raw material belonging to a corresponding aromatic epoxy compound is selectively used in the presence of a catalyst and under pressure. A method in which a polyhydric alcohol (typically hydrogenated bisphenols) obtained by performing a hydrogenation reaction is reacted with epichlorohydrin to form a chlorohydrin ether, and a method for performing ring closure in a molecule using a base is further performed. These hydrogenated epoxy compounds can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

脂肪族環氧化合物有脂肪族多元醇或其環氧烷加成物的聚環氧丙基醚。其具體例可舉例如新戊二醇的二環氧丙基醚、1,4-丁烷二醇的二環氧丙基醚、1,6-己烷二醇的二環氧丙基醚、丙三醇的三環氧丙基醚、三羥甲基丙烷的三環氧丙基醚、聚乙二醇的二環氧丙基醚、丙二醇的二環氧丙基醚、藉由於如乙二醇、丙二醇、丙三醇等脂肪族多元醇加成1種或2種以上的環氧烷(環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷)所得之聚醚多醇的聚環氧丙基醚等。該等脂肪族環氧化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The aliphatic epoxy compound is an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or a polyoxypropyl ether of an alkylene oxide adduct thereof. Specific examples thereof include diglycidyl ether of neopentyl glycol, diglycidyl ether of 1,4-butanediol, diglycidyl ether of 1,6-hexanediol, Triglycidyl ether of glycerol, triglycidyl ether of trimethylolpropane, diglycidyl ether of polyethylene glycol, diglycidyl ether of propylene glycol, etc. Polyepoxides and the like of polyether polyols obtained by adding one or two or more kinds of alkylene oxides (ethylene oxide, propylene oxide) to aliphatic polyhydric alcohols such as alcohols, propylene glycol, and glycerin. These aliphatic epoxy compounds can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

從抑制因硬化時、硬化後的加熱而產生的捲曲的觀點、提高加工特性的觀點、確保補強層8的充分補強性的觀點、調整與基材、液晶硬化層的密接性的觀點來看,可適當地選擇環氧樹脂。而且,從相同觀點來看,也可與丙烯酸樹脂、胺酯樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂等混合。 From the viewpoint of suppressing curl caused by heating during and after curing, from the viewpoint of improving processing characteristics, from the viewpoint of ensuring sufficient reinforcement of the reinforcing layer 8, and from the viewpoint of adjusting the adhesiveness to the substrate and the liquid crystal cured layer, The epoxy resin can be appropriately selected. From the same viewpoint, it may be mixed with an acrylic resin, an amine ester resin, an oxetane resin, a melamine resin, or the like.

就包含氧雜環丁烷樹脂所成的補強層8的硬化性材料而言,可舉例如分子內含有至少1個氧雜環丁烷基的化合物等。其具體例可舉例如3-乙基-3-羥基甲基氧雜環丁烷(也稱為氧雜環丁烷醇)、2-乙基己基氧雜環丁烷、1,4-雙[{(3-乙基氧雜環丁烷-3-基)甲氧基}甲基]苯(也稱為伸苯二甲基雙氧雜環丁烷)、3-乙基-3[{(3-乙基氧雜環丁烷-3-基)甲氧基}甲基]氧雜環丁烷、3-乙基-3-(苯氧基甲基)氧雜環丁烷、3-(環己氧基)甲基-3-乙基氧雜環丁烷等。 Examples of the curable material containing the reinforcing layer 8 made of an oxetane resin include a compound containing at least one oxetanyl group in the molecule. Specific examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane (also referred to as oxetanol), 2-ethylhexyloxetane, 1,4-bis [ {(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy} methyl] benzene (also known as diphenyldimethyldioxetane), 3-ethyl-3 [{( 3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy} methyl] oxetane, 3-ethyl-3- (phenoxymethyl) oxetane, 3- ( Cyclohexyloxy) methyl-3-ethyloxetane and the like.

就包含三聚氰胺樹脂所成的補強層8的硬 化性材料而言,可舉例如六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丁氧基甲基三聚氰胺等三聚氰胺化合物。 Examples of the hardening material containing the reinforcing layer 8 made of melamine resin include hexamethoxymethyl melamine, hexaethoxymethyl melamine, hexapropoxymethyl melamine, and hexabutoxymethyl melamine. And other melamine compounds.

形成補強層用的硬化性組成物可再包含光聚合引發劑、熱聚合引發劑、溶劑、聚合抑制劑、光敏劑、調平劑、抗氧化劑、鏈轉移劑、光安定劑、黏著賦予劑、填充劑、流動調整劑、可塑劑、消泡劑、色素、抗靜電劑及紫外線吸收劑等添加劑。 The hardening composition for forming a reinforcing layer may further include a photopolymerization initiator, a thermal polymerization initiator, a solvent, a polymerization inhibitor, a photosensitizer, a leveling agent, an antioxidant, a chain transfer agent, a light stabilizer, an adhesion-imparting agent, Additives such as fillers, flow regulators, plasticizers, defoamers, pigments, antistatic agents, and UV absorbers.

關於光聚合引發劑,於使用藉由自由基聚合而硬化的硬化性組成物例如(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯作為硬化性材料的情況,可使用光自由基聚合引發劑,於使用藉由陽離子聚合而硬化的硬化性組成物例如環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物作為硬化性組成物的情況,可使用光陽離子聚合引發劑,於使用藉由熱而硬化的硬化性組成物例如三聚氰胺化合物作為硬化性組成物的情況,可使用熱聚合引發劑。 Regarding the photopolymerization initiator, in the case where a curable composition that is hardened by radical polymerization, such as (meth) acrylate, amine (meth) acrylate, is used as the curable material, photoradical polymerization can be used. When a curable composition such as an epoxy compound or an oxetane compound that is hardened by cationic polymerization is used as the curable composition, a photocationic polymerization initiator may be used. When a curable composition such as a melamine compound is used as the curable composition, a thermal polymerization initiator can be used.

光聚合引發劑可舉例如光自由基聚合引發劑、光陽離子聚合引發劑等。光自由基聚合引發劑可舉例如安息香化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、二苯乙二酮縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、三化合物等,光陽離子聚合引發劑可舉例如芳香族重氮鹽、芳香族錪鹽、芳香族鋶鹽等的鎓鹽、鐵-芳烴錯合物等。具體而言,可舉例如:Irgacure(註冊商標)907、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 651、Irgacure 819、Irgacure 250、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 379、 Irgacure 127、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 754、Irgacure 379EG(以上日本BASF股份公司製);SEIKUOL BZ、SEIKUOL Z、SEIKUOL BEE(以上精工化學股份公司製);Kayacure BP100(日本化藥股份公司製);Kayacure UVI-6992(Dow公司製);ADEKA Optomer SP-152、ADEKA Optomer SP-170、ADEKA Optomer N-1717、ADEKA Optomer N-1919、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(以上ADEKA股份公司製);TAZ-A、TAZ-PP(以上日本Siber Hegner公司製)及TAZ-104(三和化學公司製);KAYARAD(註冊商標)系列(日本化藥股份公司製);CYRACURE UVI系列(Dow Chemical公司製);CPI系列(SAN-APRO股份公司製);TAZ、BBI及DTS(以上Midori化學股份公司製);RHODORSIL(註冊商標)(Rhodia股份公司製)等。光聚合引發劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。光聚合引發劑可配合所使用的材料,適當地選擇使用。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic polymerization initiator. Examples of the photo-radical polymerization initiator include a benzoin compound, a benzophenone compound, a diphenylethylene ketal compound, an α-hydroxy ketone compound, an α-amino ketone compound, and Examples of the compound include a photocationic polymerization initiator such as an onium salt such as an aromatic diazonium salt, an aromatic sulfonium salt, or an aromatic sulfonium salt, and an iron-aromatic hydrocarbon complex. Specifically, for example: Irgacure (registered trademark) 907, Irgacure 184, Irgacure 651, Irgacure 819, Irgacure 250, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 379, Irgacure 127, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 754, Irgacure 379EG (above Japan BASF Corporation) System); SEIKUOL BZ, SEIKUOL Z, SEIKUOL BEE (made by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.); Kayacure BP100 (made by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.); Kayacure UVI-6992 (made by Dow); ADEKA Optomer SP-152, ADEKA Optomer SP -170, ADEKA Optomer N-1717, ADEKA Optomer N-1919, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (above ADEKA Corporation); TAZ-A, TAZ-PP (above Japan Siber Hegner Corporation) and TAZ-104 (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.); KAYARAD (registered trademark) series (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.); CYRACURE UVI series (manufactured by Dow Chemical Co.); CPI series (manufactured by SAN-APRO Co., Ltd.); TAZ, BBI And DTS (Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.); RHODORSIL (registered trademark) (Rhodia Co., Ltd.) and so on. The photopolymerization initiator can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The photopolymerization initiator can be appropriately selected and used according to the materials used.

由於可充分活用從光源發出的能量,且生產性佳,故光聚合引發劑較佳係極大吸收波長為300nm至400nm,更佳為300nm至380nm,其中以α-苯乙酮系聚合引發劑、肟(oxime)系光聚合引發劑較佳。 Since the energy emitted from the light source can be fully utilized and the productivity is good, the photopolymerization initiator preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength of 300 nm to 400 nm, and more preferably 300 nm to 380 nm. Among them, α-acetophenone-based polymerization initiators, An oxime-based photopolymerization initiator is preferred.

α-苯乙酮系聚合引發劑可舉例如2-甲基-2-嗎啉基-1-(4-甲基硫基苯基)丙烷-1-酮、2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-2-苯甲基丁烷-1-酮及2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-2-(4-甲基苯基甲基)丁烷-1-酮等,更佳為2-甲基-2-嗎啉基-(4-甲基硫基苯基)丙烷-1-酮及2-二甲基胺基 -1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-2-苯甲基丁烷-1-酮。α-苯乙酮化合物的市售品可舉例如Irgacure 369、379EG、907(以上日本BASF股份公司製)及SEIKUOL BEE(以上精工化學公司製)等。 Examples of the α-acetophenone-based polymerization initiator include 2-methyl-2-morpholinyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) propane-1-one and 2-dimethylamino-1 -(4-morpholinylphenyl) -2-benzylbutane-1-one and 2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinylphenyl) -2- (4-methyl Phenylmethyl) butane-1-one and the like, more preferably 2-methyl-2-morpholinyl- (4-methylthiophenyl) propane-1-one and 2-dimethylamino 1- (4-morpholinylphenyl) -2-benzylbutane-1-one. Commercially available products of the α-acetophenone compound include, for example, Irgacure 369, 379EG, and 907 (manufactured by BASF Corporation of Japan) and SEIKUOL BEE (manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.).

肟系光聚合引發劑係藉由光照射而生成自由基。藉由該自由基,適合進行在層的深部之硬化性組成物的聚合。而且,從更有效率地進行在層的深部之聚合反應的觀點來看,較佳為使用可有效率地利用波長350nm以上的紫外線之光聚合引發劑。可有效率地利用波長350nm以上的紫外線之光聚合引發劑較佳為三化合物、肟酯型咔唑化合物,從感度的觀點來看,更佳為肟酯型咔唑化合物。肟酯型咔唑化合物可舉例如1,2-辛烷二酮、1-[4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)]、乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯基肟)等。肟酯型咔唑化合物的市售品可舉例如Irgacure OXE-01、Irgacure OXE-02、Irgacure OXE-03(以上日本BASF股份公司製)、ADEKA Optomer N-1919、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831(以上ADEKA股份公司製)等。 The oxime-based photopolymerization initiator generates radicals upon irradiation with light. This radical is suitable for polymerizing a hardenable composition in the deep part of the layer. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of more efficiently performing the polymerization reaction in the deep part of the layer, it is preferable to use a photopolymerization initiator that can efficiently use ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 350 nm or more. The photopolymerization initiator which can efficiently use ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 350 nm or more is preferably three. The compound and the oxime ester type carbazole compound are more preferably an oxime ester type carbazole compound from the viewpoint of sensitivity. Examples of oxime ester carbazole compounds include 1,2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthio) -2- (O-benzylhydrazine)], ethyl ketone, 1- [9- Ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzylidene) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] -1- (O-acetamidooxime) and the like. Commercially available oxime ester carbazole compounds include, for example, Irgacure OXE-01, Irgacure OXE-02, Irgacure OXE-03 (above manufactured by BASF Corporation of Japan), ADEKA Optomer N-1919, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 (above ADEKA) Joint-stock company system) and so on.

熱聚合引發劑可舉例如:2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丁腈)、1,1’-偶氮雙(環己烷-1-甲腈)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基-4-甲氧基戊腈)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸)二甲酯、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-羥基甲基丙腈)等偶氮系化合物;過氧化月桂基、氫過氧化第三丁基、過氧化苯甲醯基、過氧化苯甲酸第三丁酯、氫過氧化異丙苯、過氧化二碳酸二異丙酯、過氧化二 碳酸二丙酯、過氧化新癸酸第三丁酯、過氧化新戊酸第三丁酯、過氧化(3,5,5-三甲基己醯基)等有機過氧化物;過硫酸鉀、過硫酸銨、過氧化氫等無機過氧化物等。該等熱聚合引發劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Examples of the thermal polymerization initiator include: 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis (2-methylbutyronitrile), 1,1'-azobis (cyclohexane- 1-carbonitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethyl-4-methoxyvaleronitrile) ), 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionic acid) dimethyl, 2,2'-azobis (2-hydroxymethylpropionitrile) and other azo compounds; lauryl peroxide, Third butyl hydroperoxide, benzamyl peroxide, third butyl peroxybenzoate, cumene hydroperoxide, diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate, dipropyl peroxydicarbonate, peroxidation Organic peroxides such as tert-butyl neodecanoate, tert-butyl peroxypivalate, (3,5,5-trimethylhexyl) peroxide; potassium persulfate, ammonium persulfate, peroxidation Inorganic peroxides such as hydrogen. These thermal polymerization initiators can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

相對於硬化性組成物100質量份,聚合引發劑的添加量通常為0.1至20質量份,較佳為0.5至10質量份,更佳為1至5質量份。若為上述範圍內,則容易地充分進行硬化反應。 The addition amount of the polymerization initiator is usually 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the curable composition. If it is in the said range, a hardening reaction will fully advance easily.

硬化性材料通常在溶解於溶劑的狀態下塗佈於基材,故硬化性材料較佳為包含溶劑。溶劑較佳為可溶解硬化性組成物的溶劑,而且,以對硬化性材料的聚合反應為惰性的溶劑為較佳。溶劑可舉例如:水、甲醇、乙醇、乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、乙二醇甲醚、乙二醇丁醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-丁氧基乙醇及丙二醇單甲醚等醇溶劑;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、γ-丁內酯、丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯及乳酸乙酯等酯溶劑;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、環己酮及2-庚酮及甲基異丁基酮等酮溶劑;戊烷、己烷及庚烷等脂肪族烴溶劑;乙基環己烷等脂環式烴溶劑;甲苯及二甲苯等芳香族烴溶劑;乙腈等腈溶劑;四氫呋喃及二甲氧基乙烷等醚溶劑;氯仿及氯苯等含氯溶劑;二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等醯胺系溶劑等。該等溶劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。該等之中,較佳為醇溶劑、酯溶劑、酮溶劑、含氯溶劑、醯胺系溶劑及芳香族 烴溶劑。 The curable material is usually applied to the substrate in a state of being dissolved in a solvent. Therefore, the curable material preferably contains a solvent. The solvent is preferably a solvent that can dissolve the curable composition, and a solvent that is inert to the polymerization reaction of the curable material is more preferable. Examples of the solvent include water, methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, and 2-butoxyethanol. And alcohol solvents such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether; ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, and ethyl lactate; acetone, Ketone solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, and heptane; lipids such as ethyl cyclohexane Cyclic hydrocarbon solvents; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile; ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and dimethoxyethane; chlorine-containing solvents such as chloroform and chlorobenzene; dimethylacetamide and dimethyl Amidamine-based solvents such as methylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidone, and the like. These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, an alcohol solvent, an ester solvent, a ketone solvent, a chlorine-containing solvent, a fluorene-based solvent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent are preferred.

相對於硬化性組成物100質量份,溶劑的含量較佳為50至98質量份,更佳為60至95質量份。所以,組成物100質量份中所佔的固體成分較佳為2至50質量份。在該範圍時,硬化性組成物的黏度變低,故補強層的厚度變得約略均勻,而有補強層有不易產生不均勻的傾向。 The content of the solvent is preferably 50 to 98 parts by mass, and more preferably 60 to 95 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the curable composition. Therefore, the solid content in 100 parts by mass of the composition is preferably 2 to 50 parts by mass. Within this range, the viscosity of the hardenable composition becomes low, so the thickness of the reinforcing layer becomes approximately uniform, and the reinforcing layer tends to be less likely to be uneven.

關於硬化性組成物,可藉由將硬化性材料及添加劑等硬化性材料以外的成分在預定溫度攪拌等而得到。 The hardenable composition can be obtained by stirring components other than hardenable materials such as hardenable materials and additives at a predetermined temperature.

關於補強層8,可將硬化性組成物塗佈於基材上,然後除去溶劑,藉由加熱及/或活性能量線,使其硬化而得。 The reinforcing layer 8 can be obtained by applying a curable composition to a substrate, removing the solvent, and curing the composition by heating and / or active energy rays.

塗佈硬化性組成物於基材的方法(以下,有稱為塗佈方法A的情況)可舉例如擠出塗佈法、直接凹版塗佈法、反式凹版塗佈法、CAP塗佈法、狹縫塗佈法、微凹版法、模頭塗佈法、噴墨法等。而且,還可舉例如使用浸塗機、棒塗機、旋轉塗佈機等塗佈機進行塗佈的方法等。其中,於以卷對卷(Roll to Roll)型式連續塗佈的情況,較佳為藉由微凹版法、噴墨法、狹縫塗佈法、模頭塗佈法之塗佈方法。 The method of applying a curable composition to a substrate (hereinafter, referred to as a coating method A) may be, for example, an extrusion coating method, a direct gravure coating method, a trans-gravure coating method, or a CAP coating method. , Slit coating method, micro gravure method, die coating method, inkjet method, and the like. Further, for example, a method of applying using a coater such as a dip coater, a bar coater, or a spin coater may be used. Among them, in the case of continuous coating in a roll-to-roll type, a coating method by a micro gravure method, an inkjet method, a slit coating method, or a die coating method is preferred.

除去溶劑的方法(以下有稱為溶劑除去方法A的情況)可舉例如自然乾燥、通風乾燥、加熱乾燥、減壓乾燥及組合該等之方法。其中,較佳為自然乾燥或加熱乾 燥。乾燥溫度較佳為0至200℃的範圍,更佳為20至150℃的範圍,又更佳為50至130℃的範圍。乾燥時間較佳為10秒至20分鐘,更佳為30秒至10分鐘。 Examples of the method for removing the solvent (hereinafter referred to as solvent removal method A) include methods such as natural drying, ventilation drying, heating drying, drying under reduced pressure, and combinations thereof. Among them, natural drying or heating drying is preferred. The drying temperature is preferably in the range of 0 to 200 ° C, more preferably in the range of 20 to 150 ° C, and even more preferably in the range of 50 to 130 ° C. The drying time is preferably 10 seconds to 20 minutes, and more preferably 30 seconds to 10 minutes.

照射的活性能量線係依據硬化性組成物的種類、於包含光聚合引發劑的情況之光聚合引發劑的種類及該等的量而適當地選擇。具體而言,可舉例如選自由可見光、紫外光、紅外光、X射線、α射線、β射線及γ射線所成群組的1種以上的光。其中,就容易控制聚合反應的進行之點及可使用本領域中廣泛地被使用作為光聚合裝置者之點而言,較佳為紫外光,較佳為以可藉由紫外光而光聚合之方式選擇聚合性液晶化合物的種類。 The irradiated active energy ray is appropriately selected depending on the type of the curable composition, the type of the photopolymerization initiator when the photopolymerization initiator is included, and the amount thereof. Specifically, for example, one or more kinds of light selected from the group consisting of visible light, ultraviolet light, infrared light, X-rays, α-rays, β-rays, and γ-rays. Among them, in terms of the ease of controlling the progress of the polymerization reaction and the point that it can be widely used as a photopolymerization device in the field, ultraviolet light is preferred, and photopolymerization by ultraviolet light is preferred. The method selects the type of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

前述活性能量線的光源可舉例如低壓水銀燈、中壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、氙燈、鹵素燈、碳弧燈、鎢燈、鎵燈、準分子雷射、發出波長範圍380至440nm的光的LED光源、捕蟲器用螢光燈、黑光燈、微波激發水銀燈、金屬鹵素燈等。 The aforementioned active energy ray light source may be, for example, a low-pressure mercury lamp, a medium-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, a halogen lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a tungsten lamp, a gallium lamp, an excimer laser, and an emission wavelength range of 380 to 440 nm. LED light source for light, fluorescent lamp for insect trap, black light lamp, microwave excited mercury lamp, metal halide lamp, etc.

紫外線照射強度通常為10至3000mW/cm2。紫外線照射強度較佳為在對光陽離子聚合引發劑或光自由基聚合引發劑的活性化有效的波長區域的強度。照射光的時間通常為0.1秒至10分鐘,較佳為0.1秒至5分鐘,更佳為0.1秒至3分鐘,又更佳為0.1秒至1分鐘。在以如此的紫外線照射強度照射1次或複數次時,其累積光量為10至3000mJ/cm2,較佳為50至2000mJ/cm2,更佳為100至1000mJ/cm2。於累積光量為該範圍以下的情況,硬化 性組成物的硬化變得不足,橢圓偏光板的加工特性有降低的情況。相反地,於累積光量為該範圍以上的情況,橢圓偏光板有著色的情況。 The ultraviolet irradiation intensity is usually 10 to 3000 mW / cm 2 . The ultraviolet irradiation intensity is preferably an intensity in a wavelength region effective for activation of a photocationic polymerization initiator or a photoradical polymerization initiator. The time for irradiating light is usually from 0.1 seconds to 10 minutes, preferably from 0.1 seconds to 5 minutes, more preferably from 0.1 seconds to 3 minutes, and even more preferably from 0.1 seconds to 1 minute. When it is irradiated once or plural times with such an ultraviolet irradiation intensity, its cumulative light amount is 10 to 3000 mJ / cm 2 , preferably 50 to 2000 mJ / cm 2 , and more preferably 100 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 . When the accumulated light amount is below this range, the curing of the curable composition becomes insufficient, and the processing characteristics of the elliptical polarizing plate may decrease. Conversely, when the amount of accumulated light is above this range, the elliptically polarizing plate may be colored.

於藉由熱而使硬化性組成物硬化的情況,加熱溫度係依據硬化性材料的種類、於包含熱聚合引發劑的情況之熱聚合引發劑的種類及該等的量而適當地選擇,例如50至200℃,較佳為50至130℃。加熱時間例如為10秒至10分鐘,較佳為10秒至5分鐘。再者,於加熱乾燥的情況,可同時進行乾燥及硬化。 In the case where the curable composition is hardened by heat, the heating temperature is appropriately selected depending on the type of the curable material, the type of the thermal polymerization initiator when the thermal polymerization initiator is included, and the amount thereof, for example, 50 to 200 ° C, preferably 50 to 130 ° C. The heating time is, for example, 10 seconds to 10 minutes, and preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes. Furthermore, in the case of heating and drying, drying and hardening can be performed simultaneously.

補強層8的膜厚,從補強性的觀點來看,較佳為1至10μm。補強層8的膜厚為上述的下限值以上時,可充分補強橢圓偏光板所含的層,特別是垂直配向液晶硬化層6,並可顯現良好的加工特性。補強層8的膜厚為上述的上限值以下時,從橢圓偏光板的薄膜化的觀點來看為較佳。補強層8的膜厚,從橢圓偏光板的薄膜化的觀點來看,較佳為1至5μm,更佳為1至3μm,從橢圓偏光板的加工特性的觀點來看,較佳為5至10μm,更佳為7至10μm。補強層的膜厚,可使用橢圓偏光儀或接觸式膜厚計測定。 The thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 is preferably from 1 to 10 μm from the viewpoint of reinforcement. When the thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 is greater than or equal to the above-mentioned lower limit value, the layers included in the elliptical polarizing plate, particularly the liquid crystal hardened layer 6 which is vertically aligned, can be sufficiently reinforced, and good processing characteristics can be exhibited. When the thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit value, it is preferable from the viewpoint of thinning the elliptically polarizing plate. The thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 is preferably from 1 to 5 μm, more preferably from 1 to 3 μm from the viewpoint of thinning the elliptically polarizing plate, and from 5 to 5 μm from the viewpoint of the processing characteristics of the elliptically polarizing plate. 10 μm, more preferably 7 to 10 μm. The film thickness of the reinforcing layer can be measured using an ellipsometer or a contact film thickness meter.

[偏光層] [Polarizing layer]

偏光層2係具有偏光功能的層。如此的層可舉例如包含吸附有具有吸收各向異性的色素之延伸膜或已塗佈具有吸收各向異性的色素的膜作為偏光片的膜等。具有吸收各向異性的色素可舉例如二色性色素。 The polarizing layer 2 is a layer having a polarizing function. Such a layer may be, for example, a film containing a stretched film to which a pigment having an anisotropic absorption property is adsorbed or a film coated with a pigment having an anisotropic absorption property as a polarizer. Examples of the pigment having absorption anisotropy include a dichroic pigment.

包含吸附有具有吸收各向異性的色素之延 伸膜作為偏光片的膜通常係藉由在偏光片的至少一側的面隔著接著劑以透明保護膜夾住而製作,該偏光片係經過將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜進行一軸延伸的步驟、將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜使用二色性色素染色而使該二色性色素吸附的步驟、將吸附有二色性色素的聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜使用硼酸水溶液處理的步驟以及在藉由硼酸水溶液處理後進行水洗的步驟而製造。 A film containing a stretched film having an absorption anisotropic pigment as a polarizer is usually produced by sandwiching a transparent protective film with an adhesive on at least one side of the polarizer, and the polarizer is formed by A step of uniaxially stretching the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film, a step of dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with a dichroic dye and adsorbing the dichroic dye, and a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film having the dichroic dye adsorbed It is manufactured by the process using a boric-acid aqueous solution processing, and the process which wash | cleans with a boric-acid aqueous solution processing and water washing.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂可藉由將聚乙酸乙烯酯系樹脂皂化而得。就聚乙酸乙烯酯系樹脂而言,除乙酸乙烯酯的均聚物之聚乙酸乙烯酯外,還可使用乙酸乙烯酯及可與其共聚合的其他單體的共聚物。可與乙酸乙烯酯共聚合的其他單體可舉例如不飽和羧酸類、烯烴類、乙烯基醚類、不飽和磺酸類、具有銨基的丙烯醯胺類等。 The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin can be obtained by saponifying a polyvinyl acetate-based resin. As for the polyvinyl acetate-based resin, in addition to polyvinyl acetate, which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, copolymers of vinyl acetate and other monomers copolymerizable therewith can also be used. Other monomers copolymerizable with vinyl acetate include, for example, unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids, acrylamides having an ammonium group, and the like.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂的皂化度通常為85至100莫耳%左右,較佳為98莫耳%以上。該聚乙烯醇系樹脂可被改性,例如可使用經醛類改性的聚乙烯醇縮甲醛或聚乙烯醇縮乙醛。聚乙烯醇系樹脂的聚合度通常為1000至10000左右,較佳為1500至5000的範圍。 The saponification degree of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually about 85 to 100 mol%, and preferably 98 mol% or more. This polyvinyl alcohol-based resin can be modified, and for example, polyvinyl acetal or polyvinyl acetal modified with aldehydes can be used. The degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually about 1,000 to 10,000, and preferably in the range of 1500 to 5,000.

將如此的聚乙烯醇系樹脂進行製膜而得者可使用來作為偏光層2的原胚膜。將聚乙烯醇系樹脂進行製膜的方法,無特別限制,可用習知的方法製膜。聚乙烯醇系原胚膜的膜厚例如可設為10至150μm左右。 A film obtained by forming such a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin can be used as the original embryo film of the polarizing layer 2. The method for forming a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin into a film is not particularly limited, and a film can be formed by a known method. The film thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based protoembryonic membrane can be, for example, about 10 to 150 μm.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜的一軸延伸,可在藉由二色性色素之染色前、與染色同時或染色後進行。在染色 後進行一軸延伸的情況,該一軸延伸可在硼酸處理前或硼酸處理中進行。而且,亦可在該等複數階段進行一軸延伸。一軸延伸時,可在周速不同的滾輪間於一軸進行延伸,亦可使用熱滾輪於一軸進行延伸。而且,一軸延伸可為在大氣中進行延伸的乾式延伸,亦可為使用溶劑並使聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜在膨潤的狀態下進行延伸的濕式延伸。延伸倍率通常為3至8倍左右。 The uniaxial extension of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film can be performed before, simultaneously with, or after dyeing with a dichroic pigment. In the case of performing one-axis extension after dyeing, the one-axis extension may be performed before or during the boric acid treatment. Moreover, one-axis extension may be performed in these plural stages. When one axis is extended, it can be extended on one axis between rollers with different peripheral speeds, or it can be extended on one axis using hot rollers. In addition, the uniaxial stretching may be a dry stretching in the air, or a wet stretching using a solvent and stretching the polyvinyl alcohol resin film in a swollen state. The stretching ratio is usually about 3 to 8 times.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜的藉由二色性色素之染色可由例如將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於含有二色性色素的水溶液的方法來進行。 Dyeing of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with a dichroic dye can be performed, for example, by a method of immersing a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing a dichroic dye.

二色性色素具體而言可使用碘、二色性的有機染料。二色性的有機染料可舉例如由C.I.直接紅39等雙偶氮化合物所成的二色性直接染料以及由三偶氮、四偶氮等的化合物所成的二色性直接染料等。聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜,較佳為在染色處理前,先實施浸漬於水的處理。 As the dichroic dye, specifically, iodine and a dichroic organic dye can be used. Examples of the dichroic organic dye include a dichroic direct dye made of a bisazo compound such as C.I. Direct Red 39 and a dichroic direct dye made of a compound such as trisazo or tetrasazo. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is preferably subjected to a treatment of immersion in water before the dyeing treatment.

於使用碘作為二色性色素的情況,通常採用將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於含有碘及碘化鉀的水溶液中而染色的方法。相對於水每100質量份,該水溶液中的碘的含量通常為0.01至1質量份左右。而且,相對於水每100質量份,碘化鉀的含量通常為0.5至20質量份左右。染色所使用的水溶液的溫度通常為20至40℃左右。而且,於該水溶液的浸漬時間(染色時間)通常為20至1800秒左右。 When using iodine as a dichroic dye, a method of dyeing a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing iodine and potassium iodide is generally adopted. The content of iodine in this aqueous solution is usually about 0.01 to 1 part by mass per 100 parts by mass of water. The content of potassium iodide is usually about 0.5 to 20 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of water. The temperature of the aqueous solution used for dyeing is usually about 20 to 40 ° C. The immersion time (dyeing time) in the aqueous solution is usually about 20 to 1800 seconds.

另一方面,於使用二色性的有機染料作為 二色性色素的情況,通常採用將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於含有水溶性二色性染料的水溶液中而染色的方法。相對於水每100質量份,該水溶液中的二色性有機染料的含量通常為1×10-4至10質量份左右,較佳為1×10-3至1質量份左右,更佳為1×10-3至1×10-2質量份左右。該水溶液可含有硫酸鈉等無機鹽作為染色助劑。染色所使用的二色性染料水溶液的溫度通常為20至80℃左右。而且,於該水溶液的浸漬時間(染色時間)通常為10至1800秒左右。 On the other hand, when a dichroic organic dye is used as a dichroic dye, a method of dyeing a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing a water-soluble dichroic dye is generally adopted. The content of the dichroic organic dye in the aqueous solution is usually about 1 × 10 -4 to 10 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of water, preferably about 1 × 10 -3 to 1 part by mass, and more preferably 1 × 10 -3 to 1 × 10 -2 parts by mass. This aqueous solution may contain an inorganic salt such as sodium sulfate as a dyeing aid. The temperature of the dichroic dye aqueous solution used for dyeing is usually about 20 to 80 ° C. The immersion time (dyeing time) in the aqueous solution is usually about 10 to 1800 seconds.

藉由二色性色素染色後的硼酸處理,通常可藉由將經染色的聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於硼酸水溶液之方法而進行。相對於水每100質量份,該硼酸水溶液中的硼酸的含量通常為2至15質量份左右,較佳為5至12質量份。於使用碘作為二色性色素的情況,該硼酸水溶液較佳含有碘化鉀,相對於水每100質量份,該情況的碘化鉀的含量通常為0.1至15質量份左右,較佳為5至12質量份左右。於硼酸水溶液的浸漬時間通常為60至1200秒左右,較佳為150至600秒,更佳為200至400秒。硼酸水溶液的溫度通常為50℃以上,較佳為50至85℃,更佳為60至80℃。 The boric acid treatment after the dichroic dye is dyed is usually performed by a method of immersing the dyed polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous boric acid solution. The content of boric acid in the boric acid aqueous solution is usually about 2 to 15 parts by mass, and preferably 5 to 12 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of water. In the case of using iodine as a dichroic pigment, the boric acid aqueous solution preferably contains potassium iodide, and the content of potassium iodide in this case is usually about 0.1 to 15 parts by mass, and preferably 5 to 12 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of water. about. The immersion time in the boric acid aqueous solution is usually about 60 to 1200 seconds, preferably 150 to 600 seconds, and more preferably 200 to 400 seconds. The temperature of the boric acid aqueous solution is usually 50 ° C or higher, preferably 50 to 85 ° C, and more preferably 60 to 80 ° C.

硼酸處理後的聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜通常進行水洗處理。水洗處理例如可藉由將經硼酸處理的聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於水之方法而進行。水洗處理的水的溫度通常為5至40℃左右。而且,浸漬時間通常為1至120秒左右。 The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film after the boric acid treatment is usually subjected to a water washing treatment. The water washing treatment can be performed, for example, by immersing a boric acid-treated polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in water. The temperature of the water for the water washing treatment is usually about 5 to 40 ° C. The immersion time is usually about 1 to 120 seconds.

水洗後,實施乾燥處理,得到偏光片。乾燥處理例如可使用熱風乾燥機、遠紅外線加熱器進行。乾燥處理的溫度通常為30至100℃左右,較佳為50至80℃。乾燥處理的時間通常為60至600秒左右,較佳為120至600秒。藉由乾燥處理,偏光片的水分率減少至實用的程度。該水分率通常為5至20重量%左右,較佳為8至15重量%。水分率低於5重量%時,喪失偏光片的可撓性,偏光片在乾燥後有損傷、破裂的情況。而且,水分率高於20重量%時,偏光片的熱安定性有可能變差。 After washing with water, a drying process was performed to obtain a polarizer. The drying process can be performed using, for example, a hot-air dryer or a far-infrared heater. The temperature of the drying treatment is usually about 30 to 100 ° C, preferably 50 to 80 ° C. The drying time is usually about 60 to 600 seconds, preferably 120 to 600 seconds. By the drying process, the moisture content of the polarizer is reduced to a practical level. The moisture content is usually about 5 to 20% by weight, and preferably 8 to 15% by weight. When the moisture content is less than 5% by weight, the flexibility of the polarizer is lost, and the polarizer may be damaged or broken after drying. When the moisture content is higher than 20% by weight, the thermal stability of the polarizer may be deteriorated.

如此地對聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜進行一軸延伸、藉由二色性色素的染色、硼酸處理、水洗及乾燥所得之偏光片的厚度較佳為5至40μm。 The thickness of the polarizer obtained by uniaxially stretching the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in this way, and dyeing a dichroic dye, boric acid treatment, washing with water, and drying is preferably 5 to 40 μm.

已塗佈具有吸收各向異性的色素的膜可舉例如塗佈包含具有液晶性的二色性色素的組成物或包含二色性色素及聚合性液晶的組成物所得之膜等。該膜較佳為單面或兩面具有保護膜。該保護膜可舉例如與後述的基材相同者。 Examples of the film coated with an anisotropic dye include a film obtained by coating a composition containing a dichroic dye having liquid crystallinity or a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal. The film preferably has a protective film on one or both sides. The protective film may be, for example, the same as a substrate described later.

已塗佈具有吸收各向異性的色素的膜較佳為薄者,但太薄時,強度降低,有加工性差的傾向。該膜的厚度通常為20μm以下,較佳為5μm以下,更佳為0.5至3μm。 The film which has been coated with an anisotropic dye is preferably a thin film. However, when the film is too thin, the strength is reduced and the workability tends to be poor. The thickness of the film is usually 20 μm or less, preferably 5 μm or less, and more preferably 0.5 to 3 μm.

前述已塗佈具有吸收各向異性的色素的膜,具體而言可舉例如日本特開2012-33249號公報等所記載的膜。 The film which has been coated with an anisotropic pigment is specifically, for example, a film described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-33249.

藉由於如此所得之偏光片的至少一側的面隔著接著劑積層透明保護膜,而得到偏光層2。透明保護膜較佳可使用與後述基材相同的透明膜。 The polarizing layer 2 is obtained by laminating a transparent protective film on at least one side of the polarizer obtained in this manner with an adhesive therebetween. As a transparent protective film, the same transparent film as a base material mentioned later can be used suitably.

[λ/4相位差層] [λ / 4 retardation layer]

λ/4相位差層4係膜面內的折射率具有各向異性的層。λ/4相位差層4雖可藉由使高分子膜延伸或收縮的方法而形成,但從橢圓偏光板的薄膜化的觀點來看,較佳為使包含聚合性液晶化合物(亦稱為聚合性液晶)的聚合性液晶組成物在已配向的狀態下聚合而形成。 The λ / 4 retardation layer is a layer having an anisotropy in the refractive index in the plane of the 4 series film. The λ / 4 retardation layer 4 can be formed by a method of extending or contracting a polymer film, but from the viewpoint of thinning an elliptically polarizing plate, it is preferable to include a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (also referred to as a polymer Polymerizable liquid crystal composition) is formed by polymerizing in an aligned state.

λ/4相位差層4所形成的3維折射率橢圓體可具有二軸性,但較佳為具有一軸性。λ/4相位差層4較佳為包含相對於λ/4相位差層的平面在水平方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物之聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成的水平配向液晶硬化層。 The three-dimensional refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 may have biaxiality, but preferably has uniaxiality. The λ / 4 retardation layer 4 is preferably a horizontally aligned liquid crystal hardened layer composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition including a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a state aligned horizontally with respect to a plane of the λ / 4 retardation layer.

水平配向液晶硬化層,係聚合性液晶的光軸相對於λ/4相位差層的平面而言在水平方向配向。構成λ/4相位差層的聚合性液晶可為棒狀或圓盤狀聚合性液晶。棒狀聚合性液晶相對於λ/4相位差層的平面而言在水平配向或垂直配向的情況,聚合性液晶的光軸係與該聚合性液晶的長軸方向一致。圓盤狀聚合性液晶配向的情況,聚合性液晶的光軸存在於相對於該聚合性液晶的圓盤面而言正交的方向。 The horizontal alignment liquid crystal hardened layer is an optical axis of the polymerizable liquid crystal aligned horizontally with respect to the plane of the λ / 4 retardation layer. The polymerizable liquid crystal constituting the λ / 4 retardation layer may be a rod-shaped or disc-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal. When the rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal is aligned horizontally or vertically with respect to the plane of the λ / 4 retardation layer, the optical axis system of the polymerizable liquid crystal coincides with the long axis direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal. When the discotic polymerizable liquid crystal is aligned, the optical axis of the polymerizable liquid crystal exists in a direction orthogonal to the disc surface of the polymerizable liquid crystal.

因聚合性液晶的配向而形成的折射率橢圓體中的3個方向的折射率nx、ny及nz可舉例如為nx>ny ≒nz(稱為正A板)、nx≒ny<nz(稱為正C板)、nx<ny≒nz(稱為負A板)或nx≒ny>nz(稱為負C板)等關係。nx表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於λ/4相位差層的平面呈平行的方向的主折射率。ny表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於λ/4相位差層的平面呈平行且相對於該nx的方向呈正交的方向的折射率。nz表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於λ/4相位差層的平面呈垂直的方向的折射率。 The refractive index nx, ny, and nz of the three directions of the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal can be, for example, nx> ny ≒ nz (referred to as a positive A plate), nx ≒ ny <nz (referred to as Is a positive C plate), nx <ny ≒ nz (referred to as a negative A plate) or nx ≒ ny> nz (referred to as a negative C plate). nx represents the principal refractive index in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ / 4 retardation layer in a direction parallel to the plane of the λ / 4 retardation layer. ny represents the refractive index in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ / 4 retardation layer, which is parallel to the plane of the λ / 4 retardation layer and orthogonal to the direction of nx. nz represents the refractive index in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ / 4 retardation layer, which is perpendicular to the plane of the λ / 4 retardation layer.

λ/4相位差層4可使用棒狀的聚合性液晶及圓盤狀的聚合性液晶之任一者,但較佳為棒狀的聚合性液晶,於棒狀的聚合性液晶形成水平配向液晶硬化層的情況,λ/4相位差層為正A板。 The λ / 4 retardation layer 4 may use either a rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal or a disc-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal, but a rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal is preferred, and a horizontally aligned liquid crystal is formed on the rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal. In the case of a hardened layer, the λ / 4 retardation layer is a positive A plate.

關於λ/4相位差層4,在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係,nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ)≒nzQ(λ) Regarding the λ / 4 retardation layer 4, in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ / 4 retardation layer, the wavelength λ = 400 to 700 nm has a relationship of the following formula, nxQ (λ)> nyQ (λ) ≒ nzQ (λ)

[式中,nxQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈平行的方向的主折射率;nyQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於相位差層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxQ(λ)的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;nzQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率]; 並且滿足下述式(1)至(3)的關係,ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)≦1.00 (1) [In the formula, nxQ (λ) represents the main refractive index of the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ / 4 retardation layer, which is parallel to the plane of the retardation layer with respect to the wavelength of λ (nm); nyQ (λ) refers to a pair of wavelengths λ () in a refractive index ellipsoid formed by a λ / 4 retardation layer, which is parallel to the plane of the retardation layer and orthogonal to the direction of the aforementioned nxQ (λ). nm) The refractive index of light; nzQ (λ) means that in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ / 4 retardation layer, the direction of light with a wavelength of λ (nm) is perpendicular to the plane of the retardation layer Refractive index]; and satisfy the relationship of the following formulae (1) to (3), ReQ (450) / ReQ (550) ≦ 1.00 (1)

1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2) 1.00 ≦ ReQ (650) / ReQ (550) (2)

100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3) 100nm ≦ ReQ (550) ≦ 160nm (3)

[式中,ReQ(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值ReQ(λ)係以ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ表示,此處dQ表示λ/4相位差層的厚度]。 [Where, ReQ (450) represents the in-plane retardation value of the λ / 4 retardation layer for light having a wavelength of λ = 450nm, and ReQ (550) represents the In-plane retardation value, ReQ (650) represents the in-plane retardation value of a λ / 4 retardation layer for light having a wavelength of λ = 650 nm, and the in-plane retardation layer of λ / 4 retardation layer for a light having a wavelength of λ (nm) The retardation value ReQ (λ) is represented by ReQ (λ) = (nxQ (λ) -nyQ (λ)) × dQ, where dQ represents the thickness of the λ / 4 retardation layer].

λ/4相位差層4的面內相位差值ReQ(550)超過式(3)的範圍時,可能會導致包含橢圓偏光板的顯示器正面的色相變紅、變藍的問題。面內相位差值的更佳的範圍為130nm≦ReQ(550)≦150nm。λ/4相位差層的ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)超過1.00時,具備該λ/4相位差層的橢圓偏光板的在短波長側的橢圓率劣化。圓偏光板在短波長側的橢圓率劣化而在1.0外且變小時,有損在短波長側從正面觀看時的作為圓偏光板的功能。該[ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)]較佳為0.75至0.92,更佳為0.77至0.87,又更佳為0.79至0.85。 When the in-plane retardation value ReQ (550) of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 exceeds the range of the formula (3), the hue of the front surface of the display including the elliptically polarizing plate may become red and blue. A more preferable range of the in-plane retardation value is 130 nm ≦ ReQ (550) ≦ 150 nm. When the ReQ (450) / ReQ (550) of the λ / 4 retardation layer exceeds 1.00, the ellipticity on the short wavelength side of the elliptically polarizing plate provided with the λ / 4 retardation layer is deteriorated. The ellipticity of the circular polarizer on the short-wavelength side deteriorates to 1.0 and becomes smaller, which impairs the function as a circular polarizer when viewed from the front on the short-wavelength side. The [ReQ (450) / ReQ (550)] is preferably 0.75 to 0.92, more preferably 0.77 to 0.87, and still more preferably 0.79 to 0.85.

λ/4相位差層4的面內相位差值可依λ/4相位差層的厚度dQ而調整。面內相位差值係由上述式ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ決定,故欲得到所期望的面內 相位差值(ReQ(λ):在波長λ(nm)之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值),則調整3維折射率及膜厚dQ即可。再者,3維折射率係取決於後述的聚合性液晶化合物的分子結構及配向狀態。 The in-plane retardation value of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 can be adjusted according to the thickness dQ of the λ / 4 retardation layer. The in-plane phase difference value is determined by the above formula ReQ (λ) = (nxQ (λ) -nyQ (λ)) × dQ. Therefore, the desired in-plane phase difference value (ReQ (λ): at the wavelength λ ( nm), the in-plane retardation value of the λ / 4 retardation layer), the 3-dimensional refractive index and the film thickness dQ may be adjusted. The three-dimensional refractive index depends on the molecular structure and the alignment state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound described later.

λ/4相位差層4的膜厚的上限,從薄膜化的觀點來看,較佳為5μm以下,更佳為3μm以下,又更佳為2.5μm以下。而且,λ/4相位差層4的膜厚的下限較佳為0.1μm以上,更佳為0.5μm以上,又更佳為0.8μm以上。λ/4相位差層的膜厚可使用橢圓偏光儀或接觸式膜厚計測定。 From the viewpoint of thinning, the upper limit of the film thickness of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 is preferably 5 μm or less, more preferably 3 μm or less, and still more preferably 2.5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, and still more preferably 0.8 μm or more. The film thickness of the λ / 4 retardation layer can be measured using an ellipsometer or a contact film thickness meter.

(垂直配向液晶硬化層) (Vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer)

垂直配向液晶硬化層6係由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在垂直方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所成的層。垂直配向液晶硬化層6所形成的3維折射率橢圓體可具有二軸性,但較佳為具有一軸性。垂直配向液晶硬化層6係由包含相對於垂直配向液晶硬化層6平面而言在垂直方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所成的垂直配向液晶硬化層。垂直配向液晶硬化層6較佳為棒狀液晶,且較佳為正C板。 The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured layer 6 is a layer formed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition including a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a state of being aligned in a vertical direction with respect to the plane of the liquid crystal cured layer. The three-dimensional refractive index ellipsoid formed by the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 may have biaxiality, but preferably has uniaxiality. The vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 is a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer formed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition including a polymerizable liquid crystal compound aligned in a vertical direction with respect to the plane of the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6. The vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 is preferably a rod-shaped liquid crystal, and more preferably a positive C plate.

於垂直配向液晶硬化層6為正C板的情況,垂直配向液晶硬化層6較佳係在垂直配向液晶硬化層6所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係, nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ) In the case where the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 is a positive C plate, the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 is preferably a refractive index ellipsoid formed by the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 in a range of a wavelength λ = 400 to 700 nm. The relationship of the following formula, nzV (λ)> nxV (λ) ≒ nyV (λ)

[式中,nzV(λ)表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率。nxV(λ)表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的方向的最大折射率。nyV(λ)表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxV的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率。但是於nxV(λ)=nyV(λ)的情況,nxV(λ)表示相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的任意方向的折射率];並且滿足下述式(4)至(6)的關係;RthV(450)/RthV(550)≦1.00 (4) [In the formula, nzV (λ) represents a refractive index in a refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardened layer in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer with respect to light having a wavelength of λ (nm). nxV (λ) represents the maximum refractive index of the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardened layer in a direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer with respect to light having a wavelength of λ (nm). nyV (λ) represents the refractive index of light of a wavelength λ (nm) in a refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardened layer, which is parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer and orthogonal to the direction of the aforementioned nxV. . However, in the case of nxV (λ) = nyV (λ), nxV (λ) represents the refractive index in an arbitrary direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer]; and the relationship of the following formulas (4) to (6) is satisfied; RthV (450) / RthV (550) ≦ 1.00 (4)

1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5) 1.00 ≦ RthV (650) / RthV (550) (5)

-120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm (6) -120nm ≦ RthV (550) ≦ -50nm (6)

[式中,RthV(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值RthV(λ)係以RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV表示;此處,在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,nzV(λ)表示在波長λ(nm)的相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的主折射率,「(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2」表示在波長λ(nm)的在 液晶硬化層平面的平均折射率;dV表示液晶硬化層的厚度]。 [In the formula, RthV (450) represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light having a wavelength of λ = 450nm, and RthV (550) represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light having a wavelength of λ = 550nm. Value, RthV (650) represents the retardation value of the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light having a wavelength of λ = 650nm, and the retardation value of the thickness direction RthV (λ) of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light having a wavelength of λ (nm) is It is represented by RthV (λ) = [(nxV (λ) + nyV (λ)) / 2-nzV (λ)] × dV; here, in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardened layer, nzV (λ) Represents the principal refractive index at a wavelength of λ (nm) in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer, and "(nxV (λ) + nyV (λ)) / 2" indicates that at the wavelength λ (nm) of the The average refractive index in a plane; dV represents the thickness of the liquid crystal hardened layer].

垂直配向液晶硬化層6的厚度方向的相位差值RthV(550)超過式(6)的範圍時,可能會導致包含橢圓偏光板的顯示器的斜方向的色相變紅、變藍的問題。厚度方向的相位差值的更佳的範圍為-95nm≦RthV(550)≦-55nm,又更佳的範圍為-90nm≦RthV(550)≦-60nm。垂直配向液晶硬化層的「RthV(450)/RthV(550)」超過1.0時,包含該垂直配向硬化層的橢圓偏光板的在短波長側的從斜方向觀看時之橢圓率劣化。圓偏光板在短波長側的橢圓率劣化而在1.0外且變小時,有損在短波長側作為圓偏光板的功能。該「RthV(450)/RthV(550)」較佳為0.75至0.92,更佳為0.77至0.87,又更佳為0.79至0.85。 When the retardation value RthV (550) in the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 exceeds the range of the formula (6), the problem may be that the hue in the oblique direction of a display including an elliptical polarizing plate becomes red or blue. The more preferable range of the retardation value in the thickness direction is −95 nm ≦ RthV (550) ≦ −55 nm, and the more preferable range is −90 nm ≦ RthV (550) ≦ −60 nm. When the "RthV (450) / RthV (550)" of the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer exceeds 1.0, the ellipticity of the elliptical polarizing plate including the vertical alignment hardened layer deteriorates when viewed from an oblique direction on the short wavelength side. The ellipticity of the circular polarizer on the short-wavelength side deteriorates to be smaller than 1.0 and becomes smaller, which impairs the function as a circular polarizer on the short-wavelength side. The "RthV (450) / RthV (550)" is preferably 0.75 to 0.92, more preferably 0.77 to 0.87, and still more preferably 0.79 to 0.85.

垂直配向液晶硬化層6的厚度方向的相位差值可依垂直配向液晶硬化層的厚度dV而調整。厚度方向的相位差值係由上述式RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV決定,故欲得到所期望的厚度方向的相位差值(RthV(λ):在波長λ(nm)之垂直配向液晶硬化層6的厚度方向的相位差值),則調整3維折射率及膜厚dV即可。再者,3維折射率係取決於後述的聚合性液晶化合物的分子結構及配向狀態。 The retardation value in the thickness direction of the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 can be adjusted according to the thickness dV of the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer. The phase difference value in the thickness direction is determined by the above formula RthV (λ) = [(nxV (λ) + nyV (λ)) / 2-nzV (λ)] × dV. Therefore, to obtain the desired phase difference in the thickness direction Value (RthV (λ): phase difference in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer 6 in the vertical alignment of the wavelength λ (nm)), the 3-dimensional refractive index and the film thickness dV may be adjusted. The three-dimensional refractive index depends on the molecular structure and the alignment state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound described later.

垂直配向液晶硬化層6的膜厚的上限,從薄膜化的觀點來看,較佳為3μm以下,更佳為2.5μm以下,又更佳為2.0μm以下,特佳為1.5μm以下。而且, 垂直配向液晶硬化層6的膜厚的下限較佳為0.1μm以上,更佳為0.3μm以上,又更佳為0.5μm以上。垂直配向液晶硬化層的膜厚可使用橢圓偏光儀或接觸式膜厚計測定。 From the viewpoint of thinning, the upper limit of the film thickness of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured layer 6 is preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 2.5 μm or less, still more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness of the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.3 μm or more, and still more preferably 0.5 μm or more. The film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer can be measured using an elliptical polarimeter or a contact film thickness meter.

(聚合性液晶組成物) (Polymerizable liquid crystal composition)

λ/4相位差層4及垂直配向液晶硬化層6較佳係分別由包含配向狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成。聚合性液晶化合物係具有聚合性官能基(特別是光聚合性官能基)的液晶化合物。所謂光聚合性官能基係指可藉由從光聚合引發劑產生的活性自由基、酸等而參與聚合反應的基。光聚合性官能基可舉例如乙烯基、乙烯氧基、1-氯乙烯基、異丙烯基、4-乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、環氧乙烷基、氧雜環丁烷基等。其中,較佳為丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、乙烯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁烷基,更佳為丙烯醯氧基。液晶性可為熱致液晶,亦可為溶致液晶,就相有序的結構而言,可為向列型液晶,亦可為層列型液晶。 The λ / 4 retardation layer 4 and the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 are each preferably composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition including a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in an aligned state. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable functional group (particularly, a photopolymerizable functional group). The photopolymerizable functional group refers to a group that can participate in a polymerization reaction by living radicals, acids, and the like generated from a photopolymerization initiator. Examples of the photopolymerizable functional group include a vinyl group, a vinyloxy group, a 1-chlorovinyl group, an isopropenyl group, a 4-vinylphenyl group, a propenyloxy group, a methacryloxy group, an ethylene oxide group, Oxetanyl and the like. Among them, acryloxy, methacryloxy, ethyleneoxy, ethylene oxide, and oxetanyl are preferred, and acryloxy is more preferred. The liquid crystal property may be a thermotropic liquid crystal or a lyotropic liquid crystal. In terms of a phase-ordered structure, it may be a nematic liquid crystal or a smectic liquid crystal.

於本發明中,從顯現反波長分散性,較佳從滿足前述式(1)及(2)或(4)及(5)的關係的觀點來看,聚合性液晶化合物較佳為下述式(I) 表示的化合物。 In the present invention, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound preferably has the following formula from the viewpoint of exhibiting inverse wavelength dispersion, and from the viewpoint of satisfying the relationship of the aforementioned formulae (1) and (2) or (4) and (5). (I) Represented compounds.

式(I)中,Ar表示可具有取代基的二價芳香族基。此處,所謂芳香族基係指具有平面性的環狀結構的 基,且該環結構所具有的π電子數根據休克爾(Huckel)法則為[4n+2]個。此處,n表示整數。於包含-N=、-S-等雜原子且形成環結構的情況,則包含該等雜原子上的非共價電子對皆滿足休克爾法則,且具有芳香族性的情況也包括在內。該二價芳香族基中,較佳包含氮原子、氧原子、硫原子中之至少1個以上。 In formula (I), Ar represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent. Here, the aromatic group refers to a group having a planar cyclic structure, and the number of π electrons in the ring structure is [4n + 2] according to Huckel's law. Here, n represents an integer. In the case where heteroatoms such as -N = and -S- are included and a ring structure is formed, all cases including non-covalent electron pairs on these heteroatoms satisfy the Shocker's law and are also included in the case of aromaticity. The divalent aromatic group preferably contains at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.

G1及G2分別獨立地表示二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基。此處,該二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基所含之氫原子可被鹵原子、碳數1至4的烷基、碳數1至4的氟烷基、碳數1至4的烷氧基、氰基或硝基取代,構成該二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基的碳原子可被氧原子、硫原子或氮原子取代。 G 1 and G 2 each independently represent a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group. Here, the hydrogen atom contained in the divalent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group, cyano group or nitro group is substituted, and the carbon atom constituting the divalent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom.

L1、L2、B1及B2分別獨立地為單鍵或二價連結基。 L 1 , L 2 , B 1 and B 2 are each independently a single bond or a divalent linking group.

k、l分別獨立地表示0至3的整數,且滿足1≦k+l的關係。此處,於2≦k+l的情況,B1及B2、G1及G2分別可互為相同,亦可為不同。 k and l each independently represent an integer from 0 to 3, and satisfy the relationship of 1 ≦ k + l. Here, when 2 ≦ k + 1, B 1 and B 2 , G 1 and G 2 may be the same as each other or may be different.

E1及E2分別獨立地表示碳數1至17的烷二基,此處,烷二基所含的氫原子可被鹵原子取代,該烷二基所含的-CH2-可被-O-、-S-、-Si-取代。P1及P2分別獨立地表示聚合性基或氫原子,至少1個為聚合性基。 E 1 and E 2 each independently represent an alkanediyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms. Here, the hydrogen atom contained in the alkanediyl group may be substituted with a halogen atom, and -CH 2 -in the alkanediyl group may be replaced by- O-, -S-, -Si- substituted. P 1 and P 2 each independently represent a polymerizable group or a hydrogen atom, and at least one of them is a polymerizable group.

G1及G2分別獨立較佳為可被選自由鹵原子及碳數1至4的烷基所成群組的至少1個取代基取代之 1,4-伸苯二基、可被選自由鹵原子及碳數1至4的烷基所成群組的至少1個取代基取代之1,4-環己烷二基,更佳為被甲基取代的1,4-伸苯二基、無取代的1,4-伸苯二基或無取代的1,4-反-環己烷二基,特佳為無取代的1,4-伸苯二基或無取代的1,4-反-環己烷二基。而且,較佳係存在複數個之G1及G2中至少1個為二價脂環式烴基,而且,更佳係鍵結於L1或L2之G1及G2中至少1個為二價脂環式烴基。 G 1 and G 2 are each independently preferably 1,4-phenylenediyl which may be substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and may be selected from the group consisting of 1,4-cyclohexanediyl substituted with at least one substituent in a group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably 1,4-phenylenediyl substituted with methyl, Unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl or unsubstituted 1,4-trans-cyclohexanediyl, particularly preferably unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl or unsubstituted 1,4-trans -Cyclohexanediyl. Furthermore, it is preferred that at least one of a plurality of G 1 and G 2 be a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and it is more preferable that at least one of G 1 and G 2 bonded to L 1 or L 2 be Divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group.

L1及L2分別獨立較佳為單鍵、碳數1至4的伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-Ra1ORa2-、-Ra3COORa4-、-Ra5OCORa6-、Ra7OC=OORa8-、-N=N-、-CRc=CRd-或-C≡C-。此處,Ra1至Ra8分別獨立地表示單鍵或碳數1至4的伸烷基,Rc及Rd表示碳數1至4的烷基或氫原子。L1及L2分別獨立更佳為單鍵、-ORa2-1-、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-、-COORa4-1-或-OCORa6-1-。此處,Ra2-1、Ra4-1、Ra6-1分別獨立地表示單鍵、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-的任一者。L1及L2分別獨立又更佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH2CH2-、-COO-、-COOCH2CH2-或-OCO-。 L 1 and L 2 are each independently preferably a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a1 OR a2- , -R a3 COOR a4- , -R a5 OCOR a6 -, R a7 OC = OOR a8- , -N = N-, -CR c = CR d- , or -C≡C-. Here, R a1 to R a8 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R c and R d represent an alkyl group or hydrogen atom having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. L 1 and L 2 are each independently preferably a single bond, -OR a2-1- , -CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2- , -COOR a4-1 -or -OCOR a6-1- . Here, R a2-1 , R a4-1 , and R a6-1 each independently represent a single bond, -CH 2- , or -CH 2 CH 2- . L 1 and L 2 are each independently and preferably a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 CH 2- , -COO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2- , or -OCO-.

B1及B2分別獨立較佳為單鍵、碳數1至4的伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-Ra9ORa10-、-Ra11COORa12-、-Ra13OCORa14-或-Ra15OC=OORa16-。此處,Ra9至Ra16分別獨立地表示單鍵或碳數1至4的伸烷基。B1及B2分別獨立更佳為單鍵、-ORa10-1-、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-、-COORa12-1-或-OCORa14-1-。此處,Ra10-1、Ra12-1、Ra14-1分別獨立地表示單鍵、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-的任一 者。B1及B2分別獨立又更佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH2CH2-、-COO-、-COOCH2CH2-、-OCO-或-OCOCH2CH2-。 B 1 and B 2 are each independently preferably a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a9 OR a10- , -R a11 COOR a12- , -R a13 OCOR a14 -Or -R a15 OC = OOR a16- . Here, R a9 to R a16 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. B 1 and B 2 are each independently preferably a single bond, -OR a10-1- , -CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2- , -COOR a12-1 -or -OCOR a14-1- . Here, R a10-1 , R a12-1 , and R a14-1 each independently represent any one of a single bond, —CH 2 —, and —CH 2 CH 2 —. B 1 and B 2 are each independently and preferably a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 CH 2- , -COO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2- , -OCO-, or -OCOCH 2 CH 2- .

從顯現反波長分散性的觀點來看,k及l較佳為2≦k+l≦6的範圍,以k+l=4為較佳,以k=2且l=2為更佳。k=2且l=2時,因成為對稱結構,所以又更佳。 From the standpoint of inverse wavelength dispersion, k and l are preferably in a range of 2 ≦ k + l ≦ 6, k + l = 4 is more preferable, and k = 2 and l = 2 are more preferable. When k = 2 and l = 2, it is more preferable because it has a symmetrical structure.

E1及E2分別獨立較佳為碳數1至17的烷二基,更佳為碳數4至12的烷二基。 E 1 and E 2 are each independently preferably an alkyldiyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyldiyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms.

以P1或P2表示的聚合性基可舉例如環氧基、乙烯基、乙烯氧基、1-氯乙烯基、異丙烯基、4-乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁烷基等。該等之中,較佳為丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、乙烯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁烷基,更佳為丙烯醯氧基。 Examples of the polymerizable group represented by P 1 or P 2 include epoxy groups, vinyl groups, vinyloxy groups, 1-chlorovinyl groups, isopropenyl groups, 4-vinylphenyl groups, acryloxy groups, and methacrylic groups. Ethoxy, oxiranyl and oxetanyl. Among these, acryloxy, methacryloxy, ethyleneoxy, ethylene oxide, and oxetanyl are preferable, and acryloxy is more preferable.

Ar較佳為具有選自由可具有取代基的芳香族烴環、可具有取代基的芳香族雜環及吸引電子基中至少一者。該芳香族烴環可舉例如苯環、萘環、蒽環等,較佳為苯環、萘環。該芳香族雜環可舉例如呋喃環、苯並呋喃環、吡咯環、吲哚環、噻吩環、苯並噻吩環、吡啶環、吡環、嘧啶環、三唑環、三環、吡咯啉環、咪唑環、吡唑環、噻唑環、苯並噻唑環、噻吩並噻唑環、唑環、苯並唑環及啡啉(phenanthroline)環等。該等之中,較佳為具有噻唑環、苯並噻唑環或苯並呋喃環,更佳為具有苯並噻唑環。而且,於Ar包含氮原子的情況,該氮原子較佳具 有π電子。 Ar preferably has at least one selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent, and an electron attracting group. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, and an anthracene ring, and a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring are preferred. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring include a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a pyrrole ring, an indole ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyridine ring, and a pyridine. Ring, pyrimidine ring, triazole ring, triazole Ring, pyrroline ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, thiazole ring, benzothiazole ring, thienothiazole ring, Azole ring, benzo Azole ring and phenanthroline ring. Among these, a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, or a benzofuran ring is preferable, and a benzothiazole ring is more preferable. When Ar contains a nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom preferably has a π electron.

式(I)中,Ar所表示的2價芳香族基所含的π電子的合計數目Nx較佳為8以上,更佳為10以上,又更佳為14以上,特佳為16以上。而且,較佳為30以下,更佳為26以下,又更佳為24以下。 In the formula (I), the total number of π electrons N x contained in the divalent aromatic group represented by Ar is preferably 8 or more, more preferably 10 or more, still more preferably 14 or more, and particularly preferably 16 or more. Furthermore, it is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 26 or less, and still more preferably 24 or less.

Ar所表示的芳香族基可舉例如以下的基。 Examples of the aromatic group represented by Ar include the following groups.

式(Ar-1)至式(Ar-22)中,*記號表示連結部,Z0、Z1及Z2分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子、碳數1至12的烷基、氰基、硝基、碳數1至12的烷基亞磺醯基、碳數1至12的烷基磺醯基、羧基、碳數1至12的氟烷基、碳數1至6的烷氧基、碳數1至12的烷硫基、碳數1至12的N-烷基胺基、碳數2至12的N,N-二烷基胺基、碳數1至12的N-烷基胺磺醯基或碳數2至12的N,N-二烷基胺磺醯基。 In the formulae (Ar-1) to (Ar-22), the * symbol indicates a connecting portion, and Z 0 , Z 1, and Z 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a cyano group. , Nitro, alkylsulfinyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkylsulfinyl having 1 to 12 carbons, carboxyl, fluoroalkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 6 carbons , Alkylthio groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, N-alkylamino groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, N, N-dialkylamino groups having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and N-alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms Aminosulfonyl or N, N-dialkylaminesulfonyl having 2 to 12 carbons.

Q1及Q2分別獨立地表示-CR2’R3’-、-S-、-NH-、-NR2’-、-CO-或-O-,R2’及R3’分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1至4的烷基。 Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent -CR 2 'R 3' -, - S -, - NH -, - NR 2 '-, - CO- or -O-, R 2' and R 3 'are each independently Represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

J1及J2分別獨立地表示碳原子或氮原子。 J 1 and J 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.

Y1、Y2及Y3分別獨立地表示可被取代的芳香族烴基或芳香族雜環基。 Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted.

W1及W2分別獨立地表示氫原子、氰基、甲基或鹵原子,m表示0至6的整數。 W 1 and W 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a methyl group, or a halogen atom, and m represents an integer of 0 to 6.

Y1、Y2及Y3中的芳香族烴基可舉例如苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、聯苯基等碳數6至20的芳香族烴基,較佳為苯基、萘基,更佳為苯基。芳香族雜環基可舉例如呋喃基、吡咯基、噻吩基、吡啶基、噻唑基、苯並噻唑基等包含至少1個氮原子、氧原子、硫原子等雜原子的碳數4至20的芳香族雜環基,較佳為呋喃基、噻吩基、吡啶基、噻唑基、苯並噻唑基。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group in Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 include aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthryl, and biphenyl, and phenyl and naphthyl are preferred. , More preferably phenyl. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include a furanyl group, a pyrrolyl group, a thienyl group, a pyridyl group, a thiazolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group and the like having 4 to 20 carbon atoms including at least one hetero atom such as a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. The aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably a furyl group, a thienyl group, a pyridyl group, a thiazolyl group, or a benzothiazolyl group.

Y1及Y2可分別獨立地為可被取代的多環系 芳香族烴基或多環系芳香族雜環基。多環系芳香族烴基係指稠合多環系芳香族烴基或來自聯芳香環的基。多環系芳香族雜環基係指稠合多環系芳香族雜環基或來自聯芳香族雜環的基。 Y 1 and Y 2 may be each independently a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted. The polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group refers to a fused polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a group derived from a diaromatic ring. The polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group refers to a fused polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group or a group derived from a biaromatic heterocyclic ring.

Z0、Z1及Z2分別獨立地較佳為氫原子、鹵原子、碳數1至12的烷基、氰基、硝基、碳數1至12的烷氧基,Z0更佳為氫原子、碳數1至12的烷基、氰基,Z1及Z2更佳為氫原子、氟原子、氯原子、甲基、氰基。 Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and Z 0 is more preferably A hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a cyano group, and Z 1 and Z 2 are more preferably a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, and a cyano group.

Q1及Q2較佳為-NH-、-S-、-NR2’-、-O-,R2’較佳為氫原子。其中,特佳為-S-、-O-、-NH-。 Q 1 and Q 2 are preferably -NH-, -S-, -NR 2 ' -, -O-, and R 2' is preferably a hydrogen atom. Among them, particularly preferred are -S-, -O-, and -NH-.

Ar1所表示的芳香族基可舉例如以下的式(Ar-23)所表示的基。 Examples of the aromatic group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by the following formula (Ar-23).

式(Ar-23)中,*、Z1、Z2、Q1及Q2表示與前述相同的意義,U1表示可鍵結有取代基的第14族至第16族的非金屬原子。第14族至第16族的非金屬原子可舉例如碳原子、氮原子、氧原子及硫原子,較佳可舉例如=O、=S、=NR’及=C(R’)R’等。取代基R’可舉例如氫原子、鹵原子、烷基、鹵烷基、烯基、芳香基、氰基、胺基、硝基、亞硝基、羧基、碳數1至6的烷基亞磺醯基、碳數1至6的烷基磺醯 基、碳數1至6的氟烷基、碳數1至6的烷氧基、碳數1至6的烷基硫基、碳數1至6的N-烷基胺基、碳數2至12的N,N-二烷基胺基、碳數1至6的N-烷基胺磺醯基、碳數2至12的二烷基胺磺醯基等,非金屬原子為碳原子(C)的情況之2個R’可互為相同,亦可為不同。 In the formula (Ar-23), *, Z 1 , Z 2 , Q 1 and Q 2 have the same meanings as described above, and U 1 represents a non-metal atom of a group 14 to a group 16 to which a substituent may be bonded. Examples of the non-metal atoms of Groups 14 to 16 include carbon atoms, nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms. Preferred examples include = O, = S, = NR ', and = C (R') R '. . Examples of the substituent R ′ include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aromatic group, a cyano group, an amino group, a nitro group, a nitroso group, a carboxyl group, and an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl having 1 to 6 carbons, fluoroalkyl having 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 6 carbons, alkylthio having 1 to 6 carbons, carbon 1 N-alkylamino groups of 6 to 6, N, N-dialkylamino groups of 2 to 12 carbons, N-alkylaminosulfonyl groups of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, dialkyl groups of 2 to 12 carbon atoms In the case of sulfamoyl and the like, the two R's in the case where the non-metal atom is a carbon atom (C) may be the same as or different from each other.

式(Ar-1)至(Ar-23)中,從分子的安定性的觀點來看,較佳為式(Ar-6)及式(Ar-7)。 Among the formulae (Ar-1) to (Ar-23), from the viewpoint of molecular stability, the formulae (Ar-6) and (Ar-7) are preferred.

於式(Ar-16)至(Ar-22)中,Y1可與其所鍵結的氮原子及Z0一起形成芳香族雜環基。芳香族雜環基可舉例如前述中作為Ar可具有的芳香族雜環基者,可舉例如吡咯環、咪唑環、吡咯啉環、吡啶環、吡環、嘧啶環、吲哚環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、嘌呤環、吡咯啶環等。該芳香族雜環基可具有取代基。而且,Y1可與其所鍵結的氮原子及Z0一起為前述可被取代的多環系芳香族烴基或多環系芳香族雜環基。可舉例如苯並呋喃環、苯並噻唑環、苯並唑環等。再者,前述式(I)所表示的化合物可例如根據日本特開2010-31223號公報記載的方法製造。 In the formulae (Ar-16) to (Ar-22), Y 1 may form an aromatic heterocyclic group together with the nitrogen atom and Z 0 to which it is bonded. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include those described above as the aromatic heterocyclic group which Ar may have, and examples thereof include pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrroline ring, pyridine ring, and pyr Ring, pyrimidine ring, indole ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, purine ring, pyrrolidine ring and the like. The aromatic heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Furthermore, Y 1 together with the nitrogen atom and Z 0 to which it is bonded may be the aforementioned polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted. Examples include benzofuran ring, benzothiazole ring, benzo Azole ring and so on. The compound represented by the formula (I) can be produced, for example, by a method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-31223.

聚合性液晶化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。於併用2種以上的情況,相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,前述式(I)所表示的化合物的含量較佳為50質量份以上,更佳為70質量份以上,又更佳為80質量份以上。 The polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. When two or more types are used in combination, the content of the compound represented by the formula (I) is preferably 50 parts by mass or more, more preferably 70 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 80 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. More than mass parts.

聚合性液晶組成物可更包含溶劑、光聚合引發劑、聚合抑制劑、光敏劑、調平劑、密接性改良劑、 二色性色素等添加劑。該等添加劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition may further contain additives such as a solvent, a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, a photosensitizer, a leveling agent, an adhesion improver, and a dichroic pigment. These additives can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

相對於聚合性液晶組成物的固體成分100質量份,聚合性液晶化合物的含量例如為70至99.5質量份,較佳為80至99質量份,更佳為90至98質量份。含量為上述範圍內時,層的配向性有變高的傾向。此處,所謂固體成分係指從組成物除去溶劑所得的成分的合計量。 The content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is, for example, 70 to 99.5 parts by mass, preferably 80 to 99 parts by mass, and more preferably 90 to 98 parts by mass. When the content is within the above range, the alignment of the layer tends to be high. Here, the solid content means the total amount of components obtained by removing the solvent from the composition.

溶劑可使用在補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑。相對於聚合性液晶組成物100質量份,溶劑的含量較佳為50至98質量份,更佳為70至95質量份。所以,組成物100質量份中所佔的固體成分較佳為2至50質量份。組成物的固體成分為50質量份以下時,由於組成物的黏度變低,故層的厚度變得約略均勻,而有層不易產生不均勻的傾向。上述固體成分,可考慮所欲製造的層的厚度而適當地決定。 As the solvent, the solvents exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer can be used. The content of the solvent is preferably 50 to 98 parts by mass, and more preferably 70 to 95 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Therefore, the solid content in 100 parts by mass of the composition is preferably 2 to 50 parts by mass. When the solid content of the composition is 50 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the composition becomes low, so that the thickness of the layer becomes approximately uniform, and the layer tends to be less likely to be uneven. The solid content can be appropriately determined in consideration of the thickness of the layer to be produced.

光聚合引發劑可使用在補強層的項目中所例示的光聚合引發劑。相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,光聚合引發劑的添加量通常為0.1至30質量份,較佳為1至20質量份,更佳為1至15質量份。若為上述範圍內,則充分進行聚合性基的反應且不易擾亂聚合性液晶化合物的配向。 As the photopolymerization initiator, the photopolymerization initiator exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer can be used. The addition amount of the photopolymerization initiator is usually 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. If it exists in the said range, reaction of a polymerizable group will fully advance and it will become difficult to disturb the orientation of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

藉由調配聚合抑制劑,可控制聚合性液晶化合物的聚合反應。聚合抑制劑可舉例如:氫醌及具有烷基醚等取代基的氫醌類;丁基鄰苯二酚等具有烷基醚等取 代基的鄰苯二酚類;鄰苯三酚類;2,2,6,6-四甲基-1-哌啶氧基自由基等自由基捕捉劑;苯硫酚類;β-萘基胺類及β-萘酚類。為了不擾亂聚合性液晶化合物的配向且聚合聚合性液晶化合物,相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,聚合抑制劑的含量通常為0.01至10質量份,較佳為0.1至5質量份,更佳為0.1至3質量份。聚合抑制劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The polymerization reaction of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be controlled by blending a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinones and hydroquinones having substituents such as alkyl ethers; butylcatechols and other catechols having substituents such as alkyl ethers; catechols; 2 , 2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidinyloxy radicals and other free radical scavengers; thiophenols; β-naphthylamines and β-naphthols. In order not to disturb the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and polymerize the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is usually 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass, and more preferably 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. It is 0.1 to 3 parts by mass. A polymerization inhibitor can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

再者,藉由使用光敏劑,可使光聚合引發劑高感度化。光敏劑可舉例如:氧雜蒽酮、硫雜蒽酮等氧雜蒽酮類;蒽及具有烷基醚等取代基的蒽類;啡噻;紅螢烯。光敏劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,光敏劑的含量通常為0.01至10質量份,較佳為0.05至5質量份,更佳為0.1至3質量份。 Furthermore, by using a photosensitizer, the sensitivity of a photopolymerization initiator can be made high. Examples of the photosensitizer include: xanthones such as xanthones and thioanthone; anthracenes and anthracenes having substituents such as alkyl ethers; phenanthrene ; Rubrene. The photosensitizer can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the photosensitizer is usually 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

所謂調平劑係具有調整硬化性組成物的流動性且使塗佈組成物所得之層更平坦的功能的添加劑,可舉例如矽烷偶合劑等聚矽氧系及聚丙烯酸酯系及全氟烷基系調平劑。具體而言,可舉例如:DC3PA、SH7PA、DC11PA、SH28PA、SH29PA、SH30PA、ST80PA、ST86PA、SH8400、SH8700、FZ2123(以上全部為Toray.Dow Corning(股)公司製);KP321、KP323、KP324、KP326、KP340、KP341、X22-161A、KF6001、KBM-1003、KBE-1003、KBM-303、KBM-402、KBM-403、KBE-402、KBE-403、KBM-1403、KBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103、 KBM-602、KBM-603、KBM-903、KBE-903、KBE-9103、KBM-573、KBM-575、KBE-585、KBM-802、KBM-802、KBM-803、KBE-846、KBE-9007(以上全部為信越化學工業(股)公司製);TSF400、TSF401、TSF410、TSF4300、TSF4440、TSF4445、TSF-4446、TSF4452、TSF4460(以上全部為Momentive Performance Materials Japan LLC公司製);Fluorinert(註冊商標)FC-72、Fluorinert FC-40、Fluorinert FC-43、Fluorinert FC-3283(以上全部為住友3M(股)公司製);Megafac(註冊商標)R-08、Megafac R-30、Megafac R-90、Megafac F-410、Megafac F-411、Megafac F-443、Megafac F-445、Megafac F-470、Megafac F-477、Megafac F-479、Megafac F-482、Megafac F-483(以上皆為DIC(股)公司製);EFTOP(商品名)EF301、EFTOP EF303、EFTOP EF351、EFTOP EF352(以上全部為三菱材料電子化成(股)公司製);SURFLON(註冊商標)S-381、SURFLON S-382、SURFLON S-383、SURFLON S-393、SURFLON SC-101、SURFLON SC-105、KH-40、SA-100(以上全部為AGC Seimi Chemical(股)公司製);商品名E1830、商品名W5844(DAIKIN Fine Chemicals研究所(股)製);BM-1000、BM-1100、BYK-352、BYK-353及BYK-361N(皆為商品名:BM Chemie公司製)等。調平劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The so-called leveling agent is an additive having the function of adjusting the flowability of the hardening composition and making the layer obtained by coating the composition flat, and examples thereof include polysiloxanes such as silane coupling agents, polyacrylates, and perfluoroalkanes. Base leveling agent. Specifically, for example: DC3PA, SH7PA, DC11PA, SH28PA, SH29PA, SH30PA, ST80PA, ST86PA, SH8400, SH8700, FZ2123 (all of which are manufactured by Toray. Dow Corning), KP321, KP323, KP324, KP326, KP340, KP341, X22-161A, KF6001, KBM-1003, KBE-1003, KBM-303, KBM-402, KBM-403, KBE-402, KBE-403, KBM-1403, KBM-502, KBM- 503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-602, KBM-603, KBM-903, KBE-903, KBE-9103, KBM-573, KBM-575, KBE-585, KBM-802, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-846, KBE-9007 (all above are made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); TSF400, TSF401, TSF410, TSF4300, TSF4440, TSF4445, TSF-4446, TSF4452, TSF4460 (above All are made by Momentive Performance Materials Japan LLC); Fluorinert (registered trademark) FC-72, Fluorinert FC-40, Fluorinert FC-43, Fluorinert FC-3283 (all of which are made by Sumitomo 3M (shares) company); Megafac (registered (Trademark) R-08, Megafac R-30, Megafac R-90, Megafac F-410, Megafac F-411, Megafac F-443, Megafac F-445, Megafac F-470, Megafac F-477, Megafac F-479, Megafac F-482, Megafac F-483 (the above are all made by DIC (stock) company); EFTOP (trade name) EF301, EFTOP EF303, EFTOP EF351, EFTOP EF352 (all of the above are electronically formed by Mitsubishi Materials ( Shares) company system); SURFLON (registered trademark) S-381, SURFLON S-382, SURFLON S-383, SURFLON S-393, SURFLON SC-101, SURFLON SC-105, KH-40, SA-100 (all of the above (Made by AGC Seimi Chemical (stock) company); trade name E1830, trade name W5844 (made by DAIKIN Fine Chemicals Research Institute (stock)); BM-1000, BM-1100, BYK-352, BYK-353, and BYK-361N ( All are trade names: BM Chemie). Leveling agents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,調平劑的含量較佳為0.01至5質量份,更佳為0.05至3質量份。調平劑的含量為上述範圍內時,所得之層有更平滑 的傾向,所以較佳。所謂二色性色素係指具有分子的在長軸方向之吸光度與在短軸方向之吸光度不同的性質的色素,二色性色素較佳為具有吸收可見光的特性,更佳為在380至680nm的範圍具有吸收最大波長(λMAX)者。如此的二色性色素可舉例如吖啶色素、色素、花青色素、萘色素、偶氮色素及蒽醌色素等,其中較佳為偶氮色素。偶氮色素可舉例如單偶氮色素、雙偶氮色素、三偶氮色素、四偶氮色素及二苯乙烯偶氮色素等,較佳為雙偶氮色素及三偶氮色素。二色性色素可單獨或組合,為了在可見光全部區域得到吸收,較佳為組合3種以上的二色性色素,更佳為組合3種以上的偶氮色素。 The content of the leveling agent is preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.05 to 3 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. When the content of the leveling agent is within the above range, the resulting layer tends to be smoother, so it is preferable. The so-called dichroic pigment refers to a pigment having a property in which the absorbance in the long axis direction of the molecule is different from the absorbance in the short axis direction. The range has the absorption maximum wavelength (λMAX). Examples of such dichroic pigments include acridine pigments, Among pigments, cyanine pigments, naphthalene pigments, azo pigments, and anthraquinone pigments, azo pigments are preferred. Examples of the azo pigment include a monoazo pigment, a diazo pigment, a triazo pigment, a tetraazo pigment, and a stilbene azo pigment, and the like, and a diazo pigment and a triazo pigment are preferred. The dichroic pigments may be used alone or in combination. In order to obtain absorption in the entire visible light region, it is preferable to combine three or more dichroic pigments, and it is more preferable to combine three or more azo pigments.

偶氮色素可舉例如下述式(II)所示之化合物(以下有時稱為「化合物(II)」)。 Examples of the azo pigment include a compound represented by the following formula (II) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (II)").

T1-A1(-N=N-A2)p-N=N-A3-T2 (II)[式(II)中,A1、A2及A3分別獨立地表示可具有取代基的1,4-伸苯基、萘-1,4-二基或可具有取代基的2價雜環基,T1及T2為吸引電子基或釋出電子基,相對於偶氮鍵結面內而言在實質上180°的位置具有。p表示0至4的整數。於p為2以上的情況,各A2可互為相同,亦可為不同。在可見光區域顯示吸收的範圍中-N=N-鍵可被-C=C-、-COO-、-NHCO-或-N=CH-鍵取代] T 1 -A 1 (-N = NA 2 ) p -N = NA 3 -T 2 (II) [In the formula (II), A 1 , A 2 and A 3 each independently represent a group which may have a substituent, 4-phenylene, naphthalene-1,4-diyl or a divalent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, T 1 and T 2 are electron-attracting or electron-releasing groups, and are relative to the azo bond in-plane It has a position of substantially 180 °. p represents an integer from 0 to 4. When p is 2 or more, each A 2 may be the same as each other or different. -N = N-bond may be replaced by -C = C-, -COO-, -NHCO-, or -N = CH- bond in the range showing absorption in the visible light region]

A1、A2及A3中之1,4-伸苯基、萘-1,4-二基及2價雜環基所具有的任意取代基可舉例如:甲基、乙基 及丁基等碳數1至4的烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基及丁氧基等碳數1至4的烷氧基;三氟甲基等碳數1至4的氟烷基;氰基;硝基;氯原子、氟原子等鹵原子;胺基、二乙基胺基及吡咯啶基等取代或無取代胺基(所謂取代胺基係指具有1個或2個碳數1至6的烷基的胺基、或者2個取代烷基互相鍵結而形成有碳數2至8的烷二基的胺基。無取代胺基為-NH2)。再者,碳數1至6的烷基可舉例如甲基、乙基及己基等。碳數2至8的烷二基可舉例如伸乙基、丙烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,4-二基、戊烷-1,5-二基、己烷-1,6-二基、庚烷-1,7-二基、辛烷-1,8-二基等。為了被包括於如層列狀液晶等高度有序的液晶結構中,A1、A2及A3較佳為無取代或氫被甲基或甲氧基取代的1,4-伸苯基或2價雜環基,p較佳為0或1。其中,p為1且A1、A2及A3的3個結構中至少2個為1,4-伸苯基,就具有分子合成的簡便性及高性能兩者之點而言為更佳。 Examples of the optional substituents of 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-1,4-diyl and divalent heterocyclic group in A 1 , A 2 and A 3 include methyl, ethyl and butyl. Alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbons; alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbons such as methoxy, ethoxy and butoxy; fluoroalkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbons such as trifluoromethyl; cyano; Nitro; halogen atom such as chlorine atom, fluorine atom; substituted or unsubstituted amino group such as amine group, diethylamino group and pyrrolidinyl group (the so-called substituted amino group refers to those having 1 or 2 carbon numbers of 1 to 6 An amine group of an alkyl group, or an amine group having an alkyldiyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms by bonding two substituted alkyl groups to each other. The unsubstituted amine group is -NH 2 ). Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, and hexyl. Examples of the alkanediyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms include ethylene, propane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,4-diyl, and pentane-1, 5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl, heptane-1,7-diyl, octane-1,8-diyl and the like. In order to be included in highly ordered liquid crystal structures such as smectic liquid crystals, A 1 , A 2 and A 3 are preferably 1,4-phenylene which is unsubstituted or hydrogen substituted with methyl or methoxy, or A divalent heterocyclic group, and p is preferably 0 or 1. Among them, p is 1 and at least two of the three structures of A 1 , A 2, and A 3 are 1,4-phenylene, which is more preferable in terms of both the simplicity of molecular synthesis and high performance. .

2價雜環基可舉例如從喹啉、噻唑、苯並噻唑、噻吩並噻唑、咪唑、苯並咪唑、唑及苯並唑中除去2個氫原子而得的基。於A2為2價雜環基的情況,較佳係分子鍵結角度實質上成為180°的結構,具體而言,更佳係2個5員環稠合而成的苯並噻唑、苯並咪唑、苯並唑結構。 Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group include quinoline, thiazole, benzothiazole, thienothiazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, Azole and benzo A radical obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from an azole. In the case where A 2 is a divalent heterocyclic group, a structure having a molecular bonding angle of substantially 180 ° is preferred, and more specifically, benzothiazole and benzo formed by condensing two 5-membered rings are more preferred. Imidazole, benzo Azole structure.

T1及T2為吸引電子基或釋出電子基,較佳為不同的結構,更佳係T1為吸引電子基及T2為釋出電子基或者T1為釋出電子基及T2為吸引電子基之關係。具體 而言,T1及T2互相獨立地較佳為碳數1至4的烷基、碳數1至4的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、具有1個或2個碳數1至6的烷基的胺基或者2個取代烷基互相鍵結而形成有碳數2至8的烷二基的胺基、或三氟甲基,其中為了被包括於如層列狀液晶等高度有序的液晶結構中,必須為分子的排除體積更小的結構體,故較佳為碳數1至6的烷基、碳數1至6的烷氧基、氰基、具有1個或2個碳數1至6的烷基的胺基或者2個取代烷基互相鍵結而形成有碳數2至8的烷二基的胺基。 T 1 and T 2 are electron-attracting or electron-emitting groups, preferably having different structures, and more preferably T 1 is an electron-attracting group and T 2 is an electron-releasing group or T 1 is an electron-releasing group and T 2 In order to attract electron-based relationships. Specifically, T 1 and T 2 independently of each other are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, and 1 or 2 carbon atoms having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. An amine group of an alkyl group of 6 or two substituted alkyl groups are bonded to each other to form an alkanoyl group of 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or a trifluoromethyl group. The ordered liquid crystal structure must be a structure with a smaller molecular exclusion volume. Therefore, it is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and one or two. An amine group of an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or two substituted alkyl groups are bonded to each other to form an amine group of an alkyldiyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.

如此的偶氮色素可舉例如以下者。 Examples of such an azo pigment include the following.

式(2-1)至(2-6)中,B1至B20分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1至6的烷基、碳數1至6的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、取代或無取代胺基(取代胺基及無取代胺基的定義係如同前述)、氯原子或三氟甲基。而且,從得到高偏光性能的觀點來看,B2、B6、B9、B14、B18、B19較佳為氫原子或甲基,更佳氫原子。 In the formulae (2-1) to (2-6), B 1 to B 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyano group, or a nitro group. , A substituted or unsubstituted amine group (the definition of a substituted amine group and an unsubstituted amine group is as described above), a chlorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of obtaining high polarization performance, B 2 , B 6 , B 9 , B 14 , B 18 , and B 19 are preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.

n1至n4分別獨立地表示0至3的整數。 n1 to n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3.

於n1為2以上的情況,複數個B2分別可為相同,亦可為不同;於n2為2以上的情況,複數個B6分別可為相同,亦可為不同;於n3為2以上的情況,複數個B9分別可為相同,亦可為不同;於n4為2以上的情況,複數個B14分別可為相同,亦可為不同。 When n1 is 2 or more, a plurality of B 2 may be the same or different; when n2 is 2 or more, the plurality of B 6 may be the same or different; and when n3 is 2 or more, In the case, the plurality of B 9 may be the same or different; in the case where n4 is 2 or more, the plurality of B 14 may be the same or different.

前述蒽醌色素,較佳為式(2-7)所表示的化合物。 The anthraquinone pigment is preferably a compound represented by the formula (2-7).

[式(2-7)中,R1至R8分別獨立地表示氫原子、-Rx、-NH2、-NHRx、-NRx 2、-SRx或鹵原子。 [In the formula (2-7), R 1 to R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R x , -NH 2 , -NHR x , -NR x 2 , -SR x, or a halogen atom.

Rx表示碳數1至4的烷基或碳數6至12的芳香基]前述色素較佳為式(2-8)所表示的化合物。 R x represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an aromatic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms] The pigment is preferably a compound represented by the formula (2-8).

[式(2-8)中,R9至R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、-Rx、-NH2、-NHRx、-NRx 2、-SRx或鹵原子。 [In the formula (2-8), R 9 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R x , -NH 2 , -NHR x , -NR x 2 , -SR x, or a halogen atom.

Rx表示碳數1至4的烷基或碳數6至12的芳香基] R x represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an aromatic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms]

前述吖啶色素較佳為式(2-9)所表示的化合物。 The acridine dye is preferably a compound represented by the formula (2-9).

[式(2-9)中,R16至R23分別獨立地表示氫原子、-Rx、-NH2、-NHRx、-NRx 2、-SRx或鹵原子。 [In the formula (2-9), R 16 to R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R x , -NH 2 , -NHR x , -NR x 2 , -SR x, or a halogen atom.

Rx表示碳數1至4的烷基或碳數6至12的芳香基] R x represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an aromatic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms]

式(2-7)、式(2-8)及式(2-9)中之Rx所表示的碳數1至4的烷基可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基及己基等,碳數6至12的芳香基可舉例如苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基等。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R x in formula (2-7), formula (2-8) and formula (2-9) include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include pentyl, hexyl, and the like.

前述花青色素較佳為式(2-10)所表示的化合物及式(2-11)所表示的化合物。 The cyanine pigment is preferably a compound represented by the formula (2-10) and a compound represented by the formula (2-11).

[式(2-10)中,D1及D2分別獨立地表示式(2-10a)至式(2-10d)的任一式所表示的基。 [In formula (2-10), D 1 and D 2 each independently represent a group represented by any one of formulas (2-10a) to (2-10d).

n5表示1至3的整數] n5 represents an integer from 1 to 3]

[式(2-11)中,D3及D4分別獨立地表示式(2-11a)至式(2-11h)的任一式所表示的基。 [In formula (2-11), D 3 and D 4 each independently represent a group represented by any one of formulas (2-11a) to (2-11h).

n6表示1至3的整數] n6 represents an integer from 1 to 3]

從得到良好的光吸收特性的觀點來看,相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,二色性色素的含量(包含複數種的情況則為其合計量)通常為0.1至30質量份,較佳為1至20質量份,更佳為3至15質量份。二色性色素的含量少於該範圍時,光吸收變得不足,無法得到充分的偏光性能,多於該範圍時,有阻礙液晶分子的配向的情況。 From the viewpoint of obtaining good light absorption characteristics, the content of the dichroic pigment (the total amount in the case of plural types is included) is usually 0.1 to 30 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and it is preferably It is 1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 15 parts by mass. When the content of the dichroic pigment is less than this range, the light absorption becomes insufficient, and sufficient polarization performance cannot be obtained. When the content is more than this range, the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules may be hindered.

聚合性液晶組成物可藉由將聚合性液晶化合物及添加劑等聚合性液晶化合物以外的成分在預定溫度攪拌等而得。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition can be obtained by stirring components other than the polymerizable liquid crystal compound such as the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and the additive at a predetermined temperature.

λ/4相位差層4及垂直配向液晶硬化層6較 佳係形成於會賦予配向控管力的配向層上。更詳細而言,λ/4相位差層4,可將前述聚合性液晶組成物塗佈於配向層5上,然後除去溶劑,將包含配向狀態的聚合性液晶化合物之聚合性液晶組成物藉由加熱及/或活性能量線使其硬化而得。垂直配向液晶硬化層6,可將前述聚合性液晶組成物塗佈於垂直配向層7上,然後除去溶劑,將包含配向狀態的聚合性液晶化合物之聚合性液晶組成物藉由加熱及/或活性能量線使其硬化而得。 The λ / 4 retardation layer 4 and the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 are preferably formed on an alignment layer that will give an alignment control force. In more detail, the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 can apply the aforementioned polymerizable liquid crystal composition to the alignment layer 5 and then remove the solvent to pass the polymerizable liquid crystal composition including the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in an aligned state by It is obtained by heating and / or activating energy rays to harden. In the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6, the aforementioned polymerizable liquid crystal composition can be coated on the vertical alignment layer 7, and then the solvent can be removed, and the polymerizable liquid crystal composition including the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in an aligned state can be heated and / or activated. The energy rays are obtained by hardening it.

塗佈聚合性液晶組成物於配向層5或垂直配向層7上的方法可舉例如於補強層的項目中所例示的塗佈方法A。除去溶劑的方法可舉例如於補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑除去方法A。照射的活性能量線係依據聚合性液晶化合物的種類、於包含光聚合引發劑的情況之光聚合引發劑的種類及該等的量而適當地選擇。活性能量線、其光源可使用補強層的項目中所例示者。而且,對聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線的情況,紫外線照射強度、照射時間及累積光量也可在補強層的項目中所例示的範圍使用。於累積光量為上述記載的範圍以下的情況,聚合性液晶化合物的硬化變得不足,補強性有不足的情況。相反地,於累積光量為上述記載的範圍以上的情況,橢圓偏光板有著色的情況。 The method of coating the polymerizable liquid crystal composition on the alignment layer 5 or the vertical alignment layer 7 may be, for example, the coating method A illustrated in the item of the reinforcing layer. As a method of removing a solvent, the solvent removing method A illustrated in the item of a reinforcement layer is mentioned, for example. The irradiated active energy ray is appropriately selected depending on the type of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the type of the photopolymerization initiator when the photopolymerization initiator is included, and the amount thereof. The active energy ray and the light source can be exemplified in the project using a reinforcing layer. When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is irradiated with ultraviolet rays, the ultraviolet irradiation intensity, irradiation time, and accumulated light amount can also be used in the ranges exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer. When the accumulated light amount is below the range described above, curing of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound becomes insufficient, and reinforcing properties are insufficient. On the contrary, when the amount of accumulated light is above the range described above, the elliptically polarizing plate may be colored.

[配向層] [Alignment layer]

配向層5具有使聚合性液晶化合物在預定方向配向的配向控管力。例如配向層5若是會顯現水平配向控管力作 為配向控管力的材料,則聚合性液晶化合物可形成水平配向或混合配向,若是會顯現垂直配向控管力的材料,則聚合性液晶化合物可形成垂直配向或傾斜配向。而且,由於垂直配向液晶硬化層6所含的聚合性液晶化合物形成垂直配向,故垂直配向層7係由顯現垂直配向控管力的材料所構成。配向控管力可藉由配向層的種類、表面狀態、摩擦條件等而任意地調整,於由光配向性聚合物形成的情況,可藉由偏光照射條件等而任意地調整。而且,可藉由選擇聚合性液晶化合物的表面張力、液晶性等物性而控制液晶配向。 The alignment layer 5 has an alignment control force that aligns the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a predetermined direction. For example, if the alignment layer 5 is a material that exhibits a horizontal alignment control force as the alignment control force, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may form a horizontal alignment or a mixed alignment, and if it is a material that exhibits a vertical alignment control force, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may Form vertical alignment or oblique alignment. In addition, since the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 forms a vertical alignment, the vertical alignment layer 7 is made of a material that exhibits a vertical alignment control force. The alignment control force can be arbitrarily adjusted by the type, surface state, friction conditions, etc. of the alignment layer, and when formed by a photo-alignment polymer, it can be arbitrarily adjusted by polarized light irradiation conditions and the like. Furthermore, the liquid crystal alignment can be controlled by selecting physical properties such as the surface tension and liquid crystallinity of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

配向層5或配向層7較佳係具有不因聚合性液晶組成物的塗佈等而溶解的耐溶劑性,且具有在用以除去溶劑、聚合性液晶化合物的配向之加熱處理之耐熱性者。 The alignment layer 5 or the alignment layer 7 preferably has solvent resistance that does not dissolve due to application of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition, etc., and has heat resistance during heat treatment to remove the solvent or the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. .

顯現使λ/4相位差層4在水平方向配向的配向控管力的水平配向層可舉例如摩擦配向層、光配向層及表面具有凹凸圖形、複數個溝槽的溝槽配向層等。例如於應用在長條卷狀膜的情況,就可容易地控制配向方向之點而言,較佳為光配向層。 Examples of the horizontal alignment layer that exhibits an alignment control force that aligns the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 in the horizontal direction include a friction alignment layer, a light alignment layer, a groove alignment layer having a concave-convex pattern on the surface, and a plurality of grooves. For example, in the case where it is applied to a long roll film, a photo-alignment layer is preferred because the alignment direction can be easily controlled.

摩擦配向層通常可藉由塗佈包含配向性聚合物及溶劑的組成物(以下亦稱為摩擦配向層形成用組成物)於基材,除去溶劑,形成塗佈膜,摩擦該塗佈膜,而賦予配向控管力。 The friction alignment layer may be formed by applying a composition containing an alignment polymer and a solvent (hereinafter also referred to as a composition for forming a friction alignment layer) to a substrate, removing the solvent to form a coating film, and rubbing the coating film. And give the alignment control force.

配向性聚合物可舉例如具有醯胺鍵的聚醯 胺、明膠類、具有醯亞胺鍵的聚醯亞胺及其水解物之聚醯胺酸、聚乙烯醇、烷基改性聚乙烯醇、聚丙烯醯胺、聚唑、聚伸乙基亞胺、聚苯乙烯、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、聚丙烯酸及聚丙烯酸酯類。該等配向性聚合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Examples of the alignment polymer include polyamines having a fluorene bond, gelatins, polyimide having a fluorene imine bond, and a polyamic acid of a hydrolyzate thereof, polyvinyl alcohol, and an alkyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol. , Polyacrylamide, Poly Azole, polyethylenimine, polystyrene, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyacrylic acid and polyacrylates. These alignment polymers can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

摩擦配向層形成用組成物中的配向性聚合物的濃度若是配向性聚合物完全溶解於溶劑的範圍即可。相對於該組成物100質量份,配向性聚合物的含量較佳為0.1至20質量份,更佳為0.1至10質量份。 The concentration of the alignment polymer in the composition for forming a frictional alignment layer may be a range in which the alignment polymer is completely dissolved in the solvent. The content of the alignment polymer is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the composition.

摩擦配向層形成用組成物可從市場取得。市售品可舉例如SUNEVER(註冊商標,日產化學工業(股)公司製)、OPTOMER(註冊商標,JSR(股)公司製)等。 A composition for forming a friction alignment layer is commercially available. Examples of commercially available products include SUNEVER (registered trademark, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), OPTOMER (registered trademark, manufactured by JSR (corporation)), and the like.

溶劑可使用例如補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑。塗佈摩擦配向層形成用組成物於基材的方法可舉例如前述塗佈方法A,除去溶劑的方法可舉例如前述溶劑除去方法A。 As the solvent, for example, the solvents exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer can be used. The method of applying the composition for forming a friction alignment layer to a substrate may be, for example, the aforementioned coating method A, and the method of removing the solvent may be, for example, the aforementioned solvent removing method A.

摩擦處理的方法可舉例如使前述塗佈膜接觸捲繞有摩擦布並旋轉的摩擦滾輪的方法。進行摩擦處理時,若進行遮蔽,則可在配向膜形成配向方向不同的複數個區域(圖形)。 The rubbing method may be, for example, a method in which the coating film is brought into contact with a rubbing roller around which a rubbing cloth is wound and rotated. When performing the rubbing treatment, if the masking is performed, a plurality of regions (patterns) with different alignment directions can be formed on the alignment film.

光配向層通常藉由將包含具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體與溶劑的組成物(也稱為光配向層形成用組成物)塗佈於基材,除去溶劑後,照射偏光(較佳為偏光UV)而得。光配向層可藉由選擇照射的偏光的偏光方向, 而任意地控制配向控管力的方向。 The photo-alignment layer is usually coated with a composition (also referred to as a composition for forming a photo-alignment layer) containing a polymer or a monomer having a photoreactive group and a solvent, and after removing the solvent, it is irradiated with polarized light (compared with (Better for polarized UV). The light alignment layer can arbitrarily control the direction of the alignment control force by selecting the polarization direction of the polarized light to be irradiated.

所謂光反應性基係指藉由光照射而產生配向能力的基。具體而言,可舉例如藉由光照射而產生之分子的配向誘發反應、異構化反應、光二聚化反應、光交聯反應或光分解反應等參與配向能力的起源之光反應的基。光反應性基較佳為具有不飽和鍵(特別是雙鍵)的基,特佳為具有選自由碳-碳雙鍵(C=C鍵)、碳-氮雙鍵(C=N鍵)、氮-氮雙鍵(N=N鍵)及碳-氧雙鍵(C=O鍵)所成群組的至少一者的基。 The photoreactive group refers to a group that generates an alignment ability by light irradiation. Specifically, for example, a group that induces a photoreaction such as an alignment-induced reaction, an isomerization reaction, a photodimerization reaction, a photocrosslinking reaction, or a photodecomposition reaction of a molecule generated by light irradiation that is involved in the origin of the alignment ability. The photoreactive group is preferably a group having an unsaturated bond (especially a double bond), and particularly preferably a group selected from a carbon-carbon double bond (C = C bond), a carbon-nitrogen double bond (C = N bond), A group of at least one of a group formed by a nitrogen-nitrogen double bond (N = N bond) and a carbon-oxygen double bond (C = O bond).

具有C=C鍵的光反應性基可舉例如乙烯基、多烯基、二苯乙烯基、茋唑(stilbazole)基、茋唑鎓基、查耳酮基及肉桂醯基。具有C=N鍵的光反應性基可舉例如具有芳香族席夫鹼、芳香族腙等結構的基。具有N=N鍵的光反應性基可舉例如偶氮苯基、偶氮萘基、芳香族雜環偶氮基、雙偶氮基、甲基(formazan)及具有氧偶氮苯結構的基。具有C=O鍵的光反應性基可舉例如二苯甲酮基、香豆素基、蒽醌基及馬來醯亞胺基。該等基可具有烷基、烷氧基、芳香基、烯丙氧基、氰基、烷氧基羰基、羥基、磺酸基、鹵烷基等取代基。 Examples of the photoreactive group having a C = C bond include a vinyl group, a polyalkenyl group, a distyryl group, a stilbazole group, an oxazolium group, a chalcone group, and a cinnamyl group. Examples of the photoreactive group having a C = N bond include a group having a structure such as an aromatic Schiff base and an aromatic fluorene. Examples of the photoreactive group having an N = N bond include azophenyl, azonaphthyl, aromatic heterocyclic azo, diazo, and Formazan and a group having an oxazobenzene structure. Examples of the photoreactive group having a C = O bond include a benzophenone group, a coumarin group, an anthraquinone group, and a maleimide group. These groups may have substituents such as alkyl, alkoxy, aromatic, allyloxy, cyano, alkoxycarbonyl, hydroxyl, sulfonic acid, and haloalkyl.

參與光二聚化反應或光交聯反應的基,就配向性佳之點而言為較佳。其中,較佳為參與光二聚化反應的光反應性基,就配向所需的偏光照射量較少且容易得到熱安定性、經時安定性佳的光配向層之點而言,較佳為肉桂醯基及查耳酮基。具有光反應性基的聚合物特佳為在 該聚合物側鏈的末端部具有會成為肉桂酸結構或肉桂酸酯結構的肉桂醯基者。 A group participating in a photodimerization reaction or a photocrosslinking reaction is preferable in terms of good alignment. Among them, a photoreactive group participating in a photodimerization reaction is preferable, and in terms of a small amount of polarized light irradiation required for alignment, and easy to obtain a light alignment layer having good thermal stability and stability over time, it is preferably Cinnamyl and chalcone. The polymer having a photoreactive group is particularly preferably one having a cinnamyl group at the end portion of the side chain of the polymer, which will form a cinnamic acid structure or a cinnamate structure.

具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體的含量可依聚合物或單體的種類、目的之光配向層的厚度而調節,相對於光配向層形成用組成物100質量份,較佳係至少為0.2質量份以上,更佳為0.3至10質量份的範圍。 The content of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group can be adjusted according to the type of the polymer or monomer and the thickness of the intended photo-alignment layer. It is preferably at least 100 parts by mass relative to the composition for forming the photo-alignment layer. The content is 0.2 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 0.3 to 10 parts by mass.

溶劑可使用例如補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑。塗佈光配向層形成用組成物於基材的方法可舉例如前述塗佈方法A,除去溶劑的方法可舉例如前述溶劑除去方法A。 As the solvent, for example, the solvents exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer can be used. The method of applying the composition for forming a photo-alignment layer to a substrate may be, for example, the aforementioned coating method A, and the method of removing the solvent may be, for example, the aforementioned solvent removing method A.

照射偏光可為例如對於從塗佈於基材上的光配向層形成用組成物除去溶劑而得者直接照射偏光的形式。而且,該偏光較佳係實質上為平行光。照射的偏光的波長可為具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體的光反應性基可吸收光能量的波長區域者。具體而言,特佳為波長250至400nm的範圍的UV(紫外線)。照射該偏光的光源可舉例如氙燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵素燈、KrF、ArF等紫外光雷射等。其中,高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈及金屬鹵素燈,因在波長313nm的紫外線的發光強度大,所以較佳。藉由使從前述光源的光通過適合的偏光元件並照射,可照射偏光UV。偏光元件可舉例如偏光濾光器、格蘭-湯姆森(Glan-Thompson)、格蘭-泰勒(Glan-Taylor)等的偏光稜鏡以及線柵。其中,從大面積化及對熱的耐性的觀點來看,較佳為線柵型偏光元件。 The polarized light may be irradiated with polarized light directly, for example, by removing the solvent from the composition for forming a photo-alignment layer applied on a substrate. The polarized light is preferably substantially parallel light. The wavelength of the polarized light to be irradiated may be a wavelength region in which a polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group can absorb light energy. Specifically, UV (ultraviolet) having a wavelength in the range of 250 to 400 nm is particularly preferred. Examples of the light source for irradiating the polarized light include xenon lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, KrF, and ArF ultraviolet lasers. Among them, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp are preferred because of their high light emission intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm. By passing light from the aforementioned light source through a suitable polarizing element and irradiating it, polarized light UV can be irradiated. Examples of the polarizing element include polarizing filters such as polarizing filters, Glan-Thompson, Glan-Taylor, and wire grids. Among these, from the viewpoints of an increase in area and heat resistance, a wire grid polarizing element is preferred.

再者,進行磨擦或偏光照射時,若進行遮蔽,則可形成液晶配向方向不同的複數個區域(圖形)。 In addition, when rubbing or polarizing light irradiation is performed, a plurality of regions (patterns) with different liquid crystal alignment directions can be formed by shielding.

溝槽(groove)配向層係膜表面具有凹凸圖形或複數個溝槽的膜。於在具有等間隔排列的複數個直線狀溝槽的膜塗佈聚合性液晶化合物的情況,液晶分子在沿著該溝槽的方向配向。 A film having a concave-convex pattern or a plurality of grooves on the surface of a groove alignment layer series film. When a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is applied to a film having a plurality of linear grooves arranged at equal intervals, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned in a direction along the grooves.

得到溝槽配向層的方法可舉例如:於感光性聚醯亞胺膜表面,隔著具有圖形形狀的狹縫的曝光用遮罩,曝光後,進行顯像及洗滌處理,形成凹凸圖形的方法;於表面具有溝槽的板狀母盤,形成硬化前的UV硬化樹脂的層,將所形成的樹脂層移至基材後硬化的方法;以及對形成於基材的硬化前的UV硬化樹脂的膜,壓接具有複數個溝槽的滾輪狀的母盤,形成凹凸,然後硬化的方法等。 The method for obtaining the groove alignment layer may be, for example, a method for forming a concave-convex pattern on the surface of a photosensitive polyimide film through an exposure mask through a slit having a pattern shape, and performing development and washing treatment after exposure. A method of forming a layer of a UV-curable resin before hardening on a plate-like master having grooves on the surface, and moving the formed resin layer to a substrate and curing; and a method of curing the UV-curing resin formed on the substrate before curing A method of crimping a roller-shaped master having a plurality of grooves to form unevenness, and then hardening the film.

顯現使垂直配向液晶硬化層6在垂直方向配向的配向控管力的垂直配向層較佳為應用會使配向層表面的表面張力降低的材料。如此的材料可舉例如上述配向性聚合物,例如聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺、其水解物之聚醯胺酸、全氟烷基等的氟系聚合物及矽烷化合物以及該等的藉由縮合反應所得之聚矽氧烷化合物。垂直配向層可藉由將包含如此的材料與溶劑例如補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑之組成物(以下亦稱為垂直配向層形成用組成物)塗佈於基材,除去溶劑後,對塗佈膜實施加熱等而得。 The vertical alignment layer exhibiting an alignment control force that causes the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 to align in the vertical direction is preferably a material that reduces the surface tension of the surface of the alignment layer. Such materials may include, for example, the above-mentioned directional polymers, such as fluorinated polymers such as polyimide, polyamidine, polyamic acid of its hydrolyzate, perfluoroalkyl, and silane compounds, and the like Polysiloxane compound obtained by condensation reaction. The vertical alignment layer may be formed by applying a composition (hereinafter also referred to as a composition for forming a vertical alignment layer) containing a material and a solvent such as a solvent exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer, to the substrate, and removing the solvent. The coating film is obtained by heating or the like.

於垂直配向層使用矽烷化合物的情況,從容易降低表面張力、容易提高與鄰接層的密接性的觀點來 看,較佳係至少垂直配向層7為由構成元素中包含Si元素及C元素的化合物所構成的層,可適合使用矽烷化合物。至少垂直配向層7為由構成元素中包含Si元素及C元素的化合物所構成時,可提高與鄰接層的密接性,且提高所形成的橢圓偏光板的加工特性。 In the case where a silane compound is used for the vertical alignment layer, it is preferable that at least the vertical alignment layer 7 be a compound containing Si elements and C elements from the viewpoint of easily reducing the surface tension and improving the adhesion with the adjacent layer. The formed layer is preferably a silane compound. When at least the vertical alignment layer 7 is composed of a compound containing Si and C as constituent elements, the adhesion to the adjacent layer can be improved, and the processing characteristics of the formed elliptical polarizer can be improved.

矽烷化合物可適合應用上述矽烷偶合劑等聚矽氧系,可舉例如:乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基參(2-甲氧基乙氧基)矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙基胺、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基二甲氧基甲基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基乙氧基二甲基矽烷等。 Silane compounds can be suitably used with the above-mentioned polysiloxanes such as silane coupling agents, and examples thereof include vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, vinyl ginseng (2-methoxyethoxy) silane, N -(2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-amino Propyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N- (1,3-dimethyl-butylene) propylamine, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3 -Glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3 -Chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- Glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyldimethoxymethylsilane, 3-glycidoxypropylethoxydimethylsilane, and the like.

矽烷化合物可為聚矽氧單體型者,亦可為聚矽氧寡聚物(聚合物)型者。將聚矽氧寡聚物以(單體)-(單體)共聚物的形式表示時,可舉例如:3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-巰基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及3-巰基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚 物等含有巰基丙基的共聚物;巰基甲基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、巰基甲基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、巰基甲基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及巰基甲基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有巰基甲基的共聚物;3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基的共聚物;3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有丙烯醯氧基丙基的共聚物;乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基三乙氧 基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及乙烯基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有乙烯基的共聚物;3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及3-胺基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有胺基的共聚物等。矽烷化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。而且,有使用來作為調平劑的情況,也可使用矽烷偶合劑等。 The silane compound may be a polysiloxane monomer type or a polysiloxane oligomer (polymer) type. When the polysiloxane oligomer is expressed as a (monomer)-(monomer) copolymer, for example, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-mercaptopropyl Trimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, and 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer Copolymers containing mercaptopropyl; mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, mercaptomethyltriethoxysilane -Mercaptomethyl-containing copolymers such as tetramethoxysilane copolymers and mercaptomethyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers; 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane Methoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxy Silane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldi Oxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyl Diethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers and 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers, etc. Copolymer; 3-propenyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-propenyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-propenyloxysilane Propyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-propenyloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-propenyloxypropylmethyldi Methoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-propenyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-propyleneoxypropylmethyldiethoxy Copolymers containing acryloxypropyl groups, such as silane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers and 3-propenyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers; vinyl triethylene Ethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, vinyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, vinyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, vinyltriethoxysilane -Tetraethoxysilane copolymer, vinylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, vinylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, vinylmethyldi Vinyl-containing copolymers such as ethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer and vinyl methyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer; 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane Methoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-amine group Propyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxy Silane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane and 3-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane Amine-containing copolymers such as alkane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers and the like. Silane compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, it is sometimes used as a leveling agent, and a silane coupling agent or the like may be used.

該等之中,較佳為分子末端具有烷基的矽烷化合物,更佳為具有碳數3至30的烷基之矽烷化合物。 Among these, a silane compound having an alkyl group at the molecular terminal is preferred, and a silane compound having an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms is more preferred.

於本發明的較佳實施態樣中,垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8之間具有膜厚5μm以下的垂直配向層7,該垂直配向層7為由構成元素中包含Si元素、C元素及O元素的化合物所構成的層。從提高與鄰接的層的密接性的觀點、以及垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物的塗佈性的觀點來看,垂直配向層7較佳為由構成元素中包含Si元素、C元素及O元素的化合物所構成,可適合使用 矽烷化合物。形成垂直配向層7的矽烷化合物的包含鍵結於Si原子之C原子的取代基較佳為烷基或烷氧基的碳原子數較佳為1至30,更佳為2至25,又更佳為3至20。亦即,Si元素與C元素的比(Si/C,莫耳比)較佳為0.03至1.00,更佳為0.04至0.50,又更佳為0.05至0.33。Si/C比為上述的下限以上時,垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物的塗佈性提高,Si/C比為上限以下時,可提高與鄰接層的密接性。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, a vertical alignment layer 7 having a film thickness of 5 μm or less is provided between the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8, and the vertical alignment layer 7 is composed of a Si element and a C element. And O compound. From the standpoint of improving the adhesion with the adjacent layers and the coatability of the composition for forming the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6, the vertical alignment layer 7 preferably contains Si, C, and It is composed of a compound of element O, and a silane compound can be suitably used. The substituent containing the C atom bonded to the Si atom of the silane compound forming the vertical alignment layer 7 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, and the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 2 to 25, and more It is preferably 3 to 20. That is, the ratio of the Si element to the C element (Si / C, molar ratio) is preferably 0.03 to 1.00, more preferably 0.04 to 0.50, and still more preferably 0.05 to 0.33. When the Si / C ratio is greater than or equal to the above lower limit, the coatability of the composition for forming the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 is improved. When the Si / C ratio is less than or equal to the upper limit, adhesion to the adjacent layer can be improved.

溶劑可使用例如補強層8的項目中所例示的溶劑。塗佈垂直配向層形成用組成物於基材的方法可舉例如前述塗佈方法A,除去溶劑的方法可舉例如前述溶劑除去方法A。 As the solvent, for example, the solvents exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer 8 can be used. The method of applying the composition for forming a vertical alignment layer to a substrate may be, for example, the aforementioned coating method A, and the method of removing the solvent may be, for example, the aforementioned solvent removing method A.

配向層形成用組成物亦即前述摩擦配向層形成用組成物、前述光配向層形成用組成物等水平配向層形成用組成物及前述垂直配向層形成用組成物,除溶劑外,還可包含例如與聚合性液晶組成物所含的添加劑相同的添加劑。 The composition for forming the alignment layer, that is, the composition for forming the frictional alignment layer, the composition for forming the photo-alignment layer, and the composition for forming the vertical alignment layer, and the composition for forming the vertical alignment layer may include, in addition to a solvent, a composition For example, the same additives as those contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.

從薄膜化的觀點來看,配向層5及垂直配向層7的膜厚分別較佳為1μm以下,更佳為0.5μm以下,又更佳為0.3μm以下。而且,配向層5及垂直配向層7的膜厚分別較佳為1nm以上,更佳為5nm以上,又更佳為10nm以上,特佳為30nm以上。配向層5及垂直配向層7的膜厚可使用橢圓偏光儀或接觸式膜厚計測定。 From the viewpoint of thinning, the film thicknesses of the alignment layer 5 and the vertical alignment layer 7 are each preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.3 μm or less. In addition, the film thicknesses of the alignment layer 5 and the vertical alignment layer 7 are preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more, still more preferably 10 nm or more, and particularly preferably 30 nm or more. The film thicknesses of the alignment layer 5 and the vertical alignment layer 7 can be measured using an ellipsometer or a contact film thickness meter.

[黏接著劑] [Adhesive]

黏接著劑3可舉例如感壓式黏著劑、乾燥固化型接著劑及化學反應型接著劑。化學反應型接著劑可舉例如活性能量線硬化型接著劑。 Examples of the adhesive 3 include a pressure-sensitive adhesive, a dry-curing adhesive, and a chemically reactive adhesive. Examples of the chemically reactive adhesive include an active energy ray-curable adhesive.

感壓式黏著劑通常包含聚合物,亦可包含溶劑。聚合物可舉例如丙烯酸系聚合物、聚矽氧系聚合物、聚酯、聚胺酯或聚醚等。其中,包含丙烯酸系聚合物的丙烯酸系黏著劑,由於光學透明性佳,具有適當的潤濕性、聚集力,接著性佳,並且耐候性、耐熱性等高,在加熱、加濕的條件下不易產生浮起、剝離等,所以較佳。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive usually includes a polymer and may also include a solvent. Examples of the polymer include an acrylic polymer, a silicone polymer, a polyester, a polyurethane, or a polyether. Among them, acrylic adhesives containing acrylic polymers have good optical transparency, suitable wetting and aggregating power, good adhesion, and high weather resistance and heat resistance. Under heating and humidifying conditions It is not likely to cause floating, peeling, etc., so it is preferred.

丙烯酸系聚合物較佳為酯部分的烷基為甲基、乙基或丁基等碳數1至20的烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯等具有官能基的(甲基)丙烯酸系單體的共聚物。 The acrylic polymer is preferably a (meth) acrylate, a (meth) acrylic acid, or a (meth) acrylic acid hydroxyl group in which the alkyl group of the ester portion is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, or butyl A copolymer of a (meth) acrylic monomer having a functional group such as ethyl ester.

包含如此的共聚物的感壓式黏著劑,由於黏著性佳,即使在貼合於被轉印體後除去時在被轉印體也不產生殘膠等,可較容易地除去,所以較佳。丙烯酸系聚合物的玻璃轉化溫度較佳為25℃以下,更佳為0℃以下。如此的丙烯酸系聚合物的質量平均分子量較佳為10萬以上。 A pressure-sensitive adhesive containing such a copolymer is preferable because it has good adhesion and can be easily removed without causing residues or the like on the transferred object even when it is removed after being adhered to the transferred object. . The glass transition temperature of the acrylic polymer is preferably 25 ° C or lower, and more preferably 0 ° C or lower. The mass average molecular weight of such an acrylic polymer is preferably 100,000 or more.

溶劑可舉例如作為上述溶劑而列舉的溶劑等。感壓式黏著劑可含有光擴散劑。光擴散劑係對黏著劑賦予光擴散性的添加劑,若是具有與黏著劑所包含的聚合物的折射率不同的折射率的微粒子即可。光擴散劑可舉例如由無機化合物所構成的微粒子及由有機化合物(聚合物) 所構成的微粒子。包含丙烯酸系聚合物,黏著劑作為有效成分所包含的聚合物大多具有1.4至1.6左右的折射率,故以從折射率為1.2至1.8之光擴散劑中適當地選擇為較佳。黏著劑作為有效成分所包含的聚合物與光擴散劑的折射率差通常為0.01以上,從顯示裝置的亮度與顯示性的觀點來看,較佳為0.01至0.2。使用來作為光擴散劑的微粒子較佳為球形微粒子且接近單分散的微粒子,更佳為平均粒徑為2至6μm的微粒子。折射率藉由一般的最小偏角法或阿貝折射計測定。 Examples of the solvent include the solvents listed above. The pressure-sensitive adhesive may contain a light diffusing agent. The light diffusing agent is an additive that imparts light diffusibility to the adhesive, and any fine particles having a refractive index different from that of the polymer contained in the adhesive may be used. Examples of the light diffusing agent include fine particles composed of an inorganic compound and fine particles composed of an organic compound (polymer). Since the polymer containing an acrylic polymer and the adhesive as an active ingredient often has a refractive index of about 1.4 to 1.6, it is preferable to appropriately select a light diffusing agent having a refractive index of 1.2 to 1.8. The refractive index difference between the polymer contained in the adhesive as an active ingredient and the light diffusing agent is usually 0.01 or more, and from the viewpoint of brightness and display properties of the display device, it is preferably 0.01 to 0.2. The fine particles used as the light diffusing agent are preferably spherical fine particles and close to monodisperse fine particles, and more preferably fine particles having an average particle diameter of 2 to 6 μm. The refractive index is measured by a general minimum declination method or an Abbe refractometer.

由無機化合物所構成的微粒子可舉例如氧化鋁(折射率1.76)及氧化矽(折射率1.45)等。由有機化合物(聚合物)所構成的微粒子可舉例如三聚氰胺珠粒(折射率1.57)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯珠粒(折射率1.49)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物樹脂珠粒(折射率1.50至1.59)、聚碳酸酯珠粒(折射率1.55)、聚乙烯珠粒(折射率1.53)、聚苯乙烯珠粒(折射率1.6)、聚氯乙烯珠粒(折射率1.46)及聚矽氧樹脂珠粒(折射率1.46)等。相對於聚合物100質量份,光擴散劑的含量通常為3至30質量份。 Examples of the fine particles composed of an inorganic compound include aluminum oxide (refractive index 1.76) and silicon oxide (refractive index 1.45). Examples of the fine particles composed of an organic compound (polymer) include melamine beads (refractive index 1.57), polymethyl methacrylate beads (refractive index 1.49), and methyl methacrylate / styrene copolymer resin beads. (Refractive index 1.50 to 1.59), polycarbonate beads (refractive index 1.55), polyethylene beads (refractive index 1.53), polystyrene beads (refractive index 1.6), polyvinyl chloride beads (refractive index 1.46) And silicone beads (refractive index 1.46). The content of the light diffusing agent is usually 3 to 30 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the polymer.

感壓式黏著劑的厚度依其密接力等而決定,故無特別限制,通常為1μm至40μm。從加工性、耐久性等之點來看,該厚度較佳為3μm至25μm,更佳為5μm至20μm。藉由將從黏著劑所形成的黏接著劑層的厚度設為5μm至20μm,可保持從正面看顯示裝置的情況、從斜方向看顯示裝置的情況之亮度,不易產生顯示圖像的滲色、 模糊。 The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is determined by its adhesion, etc., and is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 μm to 40 μm. In view of processability, durability, and the like, the thickness is preferably 3 μm to 25 μm, and more preferably 5 μm to 20 μm. By setting the thickness of the adhesive layer formed from the adhesive to 5 μm to 20 μm, the brightness of the case where the display device is viewed from the front and the case where the display device is viewed from an oblique direction is maintained, and bleeding of the displayed image is less likely to occur , blurry.

乾燥固化型接著劑可包含溶劑。乾燥固化型接著劑可舉例如:含有具有羥基、羧基或胺基等質子性官能基及乙烯性不飽和基的單體的聚合物或胺酯樹脂作為主成分,且再含有多元醛、環氧化合物、環氧樹脂、三聚氰胺化合物、氧化鋯化合物及鋅化合物等交聯劑或硬化性化合物的組成物等。具有羥基、羧基或胺基等質子性官能基及乙烯性不飽和基的單體的聚合物可舉例如乙烯-順丁烯二酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯醯胺共聚物、聚乙酸乙烯酯的皂化物及聚乙烯醇系樹脂等。 The dry-curable adhesive may include a solvent. Examples of the dry-curing type adhesive include a polymer containing a monomer having a proton functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, or an amine group and an ethylenically unsaturated group, or an amine ester resin as a main component, and further containing a polyaldehyde and an epoxy resin. Compounds such as compounds, epoxy resins, melamine compounds, zirconia compounds, and zinc compounds, or compositions of hardening compounds. Examples of the polymer having a protonic functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, or an amine group, and an ethylenically unsaturated group include ethylene-maleic acid copolymer, itaconic acid copolymer, acrylic copolymer, and acrylamide. Copolymers, saponified products of polyvinyl acetate, and polyvinyl alcohol resins.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂可舉例如聚乙烯醇、部分皂化的聚乙烯醇、完全皂化的聚乙烯醇、羧基改性聚乙烯醇、乙醯乙醯基改性聚乙烯醇、羥甲基改性聚乙烯醇及胺基改性聚乙烯醇等。相對於水100質量份,水系黏接著劑中之聚乙烯醇系樹脂的含量通常為1至10質量份,較佳為1至5質量份。 Examples of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin include polyvinyl alcohol, partially saponified polyvinyl alcohol, fully saponified polyvinyl alcohol, carboxyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol, acetoacetic acid-modified polyvinyl alcohol, and methylol-modified poly (vinyl alcohol). Vinyl alcohol and amine-modified polyvinyl alcohol. The content of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin in the water-based adhesive is usually 1 to 10 parts by mass, and preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of water.

胺酯樹脂可舉例如聚酯系離子聚合物型胺酯樹脂等。此處所謂聚酯系離子聚合物型胺酯樹脂係指具有聚酯骨架之胺酯樹脂,且為其中導入有少量離子性成分(親水成分)的樹脂。如此的離子聚合物型胺酯樹脂,不使用乳化劑,並在水中乳化成為乳膠,故可作為水系黏接著劑。於使用聚酯系離子聚合物型胺酯樹脂的情況,以調配水溶性環氧化合物作為交聯劑為有效。 Examples of the urethane resin include polyester-based ionic polymer-type urethane resins. Here, the polyester-based ionic polymer amine ester resin refers to an amine ester resin having a polyester skeleton and a resin into which a small amount of an ionic component (a hydrophilic component) is introduced. Such an ionic polymer amine ester resin can be used as an aqueous adhesive because it does not use an emulsifier and is emulsified into latex in water. When using a polyester-based ionic polymer amine ester resin, it is effective to mix a water-soluble epoxy compound as a crosslinking agent.

環氧樹脂可舉例如:使由二伸乙基三胺或 三伸乙基四胺等聚伸烷基聚胺與己二酸等二羧酸的反應所得之聚醯胺聚胺,和環氧氯丙烷反應而得之聚醯胺環氧樹脂等。如此的聚醯胺環氧樹脂的市售品可舉例如”Sumirez resin(註冊商標)650”及”Sumirez resin675”(以上住化Chemtex股份公司製)、”WS-525”(日本PMC股份公司製)等。於調配環氧樹脂的情況,相對於聚乙烯醇系樹脂100質量份,環氧樹脂添加量通常為1至100質量份,較佳為1至50質量份。 Examples of the epoxy resin include polyamine polyamines obtained by reacting polyalkylene polyamines such as diethylenetriamine or triethylenetetraamine with dicarboxylic acids such as adipic acid, and epoxy resins. Polyamine epoxy resin obtained by the reaction of chloropropane. Examples of such commercially available polyamine epoxy resins include "Sumirez resin (registered trademark) 650" and "Sumirez resin 675" (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) and "WS-525" (manufactured by Japan PMC Co., Ltd.) )Wait. In the case of blending an epoxy resin, the amount of the epoxy resin added is usually 1 to 100 parts by mass, and preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polyvinyl alcohol resin.

由乾燥固化型接著劑所形成的黏接著劑層的厚度通常為0.001至5μm,較佳為0.01至2μm,更佳為0.01至0.5μm。由乾燥固化型接著劑所形成的黏接著劑層的厚度太厚時,容易變成外觀不良。 The thickness of the adhesive layer formed from the dry-curing type adhesive is usually 0.001 to 5 μm, preferably 0.01 to 2 μm, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive layer formed from the dry-curing type adhesive is too thick, the appearance tends to be poor.

活性能量線硬化型接著劑可包含溶劑。所謂活性能量線硬化型接著劑係指受到活性能量線的照射而硬化的接著劑。活性能量線硬化型接著劑可舉例如:含有環氧化合物及陽離子聚合引發劑的陽離子聚合性接著劑、含有丙烯酸系硬化成分及自由基聚合引發劑的自由基聚合性接著劑、含有環氧化合物等陽離子聚合性硬化成分及丙烯酸系化合物等自由基聚合性硬化成分兩者且再含有陽離子聚合引發劑及自由基聚合引發劑的接著劑、以及不包含該等聚合引發劑且藉由照射電子束而硬化的接著劑等。 The active energy ray-curable adhesive may include a solvent. The active energy ray-curable adhesive refers to an adhesive that hardens upon irradiation with active energy rays. Examples of the active energy ray-curable adhesive include a cationic polymerizable adhesive containing an epoxy compound and a cationic polymerization initiator, a radical polymerizable adhesive containing an acrylic hardening component and a radical polymerization initiator, and an epoxy compound. Both a cationic polymerizable hardening component and a radical polymerizable hardening component such as an acrylic compound, and an adhesive further containing a cationic polymerization initiator and a radical polymerization initiator, and an electron beam irradiated without containing such a polymerization initiator And hardened adhesives and so on.

其中,較佳為含有丙烯酸系硬化成分及光自由基聚合引發劑的自由基聚合性的活性能量線硬化型接著劑、含有環氧化合物及光陽離子聚合引發劑的陽離子聚 合性的活性能量線硬化型接著劑。丙烯酸系硬化成分可舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸等。含有環氧化合物的活性能量線硬化型接著劑可再含有環氧化合物以外的化合物。環氧化合物以外的化合物可舉例如氧雜環丁烷化合物、丙烯酸化合物等。 Among these, a radically polymerizable active energy ray hardening type adhesive containing an acrylic hardening component and a photo radical polymerization initiator, and a cationic polymerizable active energy ray hardening containing an epoxy compound and a photocationic polymerization initiator are preferred. Type adhesive. Examples of the acrylic curing component include (meth) acrylates such as methyl (meth) acrylate and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylic acid. The epoxy compound-containing active energy ray-curable adhesive may further contain a compound other than the epoxy compound. Examples of the compound other than the epoxy compound include an oxetane compound and an acrylic compound.

光自由基聚合引發劑及光陽離子聚合引發劑可舉例如上述的光自由基聚合引發劑及光陽離子聚合引發劑。相對於活性能量線硬化型接著劑100質量份,自由基聚合引發劑以及陽離子聚合引發劑的含量通常為0.5至20質量份,較佳為1至15質量份。 Examples of the photo-radical polymerization initiator and the photo-cationic polymerization initiator include the photo-radical polymerization initiator and the photo-cationic polymerization initiator described above. The content of the radical polymerization initiator and the cationic polymerization initiator is usually 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, and preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the active energy ray-curable adhesive.

於活性能量線硬化型接著劑中,可再含有離子捕捉劑、抗氧化劑、鏈轉移劑、黏著賦予劑、熱塑性樹脂、填充劑、流動調整劑、可塑劑及消泡劑等。 The active energy ray-curable adhesive may further contain an ion trapping agent, an antioxidant, a chain transfer agent, an adhesion-imparting agent, a thermoplastic resin, a filler, a flow modifier, a plasticizer, and an antifoaming agent.

於本說明書中,所謂活性能量線係定義為可分解會產生活性物種的化合物而產生活性物種的能量線。如此的活性能量線可舉例如可見光、紫外線、紅外線、X射線、α射線、β射線、γ射線及電子束等,較佳為紫外線及電子束。較佳的紫外線的照射條件係與前述的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合相同。 In the present specification, an active energy ray is defined as an energy ray that can decompose a compound that generates an active species to generate an active species. Examples of such active energy rays include visible light, ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, X-rays, alpha rays, beta rays, gamma rays, and electron beams, and ultraviolet rays and electron beams are preferred. The preferable ultraviolet irradiation conditions are the same as the polymerization of the aforementioned polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

[橢圓偏光板] [Elliptical polarizer]

本發明的橢圓偏光板1、10及100因前述垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8之層間距離為5μm以下,故充分補強薄膜的垂直配向液晶硬化層6,可抑制或防止在切割 端面之波狀起伏等缺陷。所以,可應用於顯示器用途。 The elliptic polarizing plates 1, 10, and 100 of the present invention have a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 that sufficiently strengthens the film because the interlayer distance between the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8 is 5 μm or less, which can suppress or prevent Defects such as undulations. Therefore, it can be applied to display applications.

於本發明的橢圓偏光板中,補強層8、配向層5及垂直配向層7較佳為具有3維折射率的各向同性(也稱為等向性)的層。 In the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention, the reinforcing layer 8, the alignment layer 5, and the vertical alignment layer 7 are preferably isotropic (also referred to as isotropic) layers having a three-dimensional refractive index.

本發明的橢圓偏光板1、10及100的膜厚分別較佳為10至300μm,更佳為20至200μm,又更佳為30至100μm。橢圓偏光板的膜厚為上述的下限以上時,從加工特性的觀點來看為有利,橢圓偏光板的膜厚為上述的上限以下時,從薄膜化的觀點來看為有利。 The film thicknesses of the elliptically polarizing plates 1, 10, and 100 of the present invention are preferably 10 to 300 μm, more preferably 20 to 200 μm, and even more preferably 30 to 100 μm. When the film thickness of the elliptically polarizing plate is greater than or equal to the above-mentioned lower limit, it is advantageous from the viewpoint of processing characteristics, and when the film thickness of the elliptically-polarizing plate is less than the aforementioned upper limit, it is advantageous from the viewpoint of thinning.

本發明的橢圓偏光板1、10及100,於鄰接的各層中,在波長550nm的面內平均折射率的差較佳為0.20以下。面內平均折射率的差為上述上限以下時,在各層間的界面之反射變小。再者,面內平均折射率可根據實施例記載的方法測定。 The elliptically polarizing plates 1, 10, and 100 of the present invention preferably have a difference in average refractive index within a plane of a wavelength of 550 nm in each of the adjacent layers, which is 0.20 or less. When the difference in the in-plane average refractive index is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the reflection at the interface between the layers becomes small. The in-plane average refractive index can be measured by the method described in Examples.

[橢圓偏光板的製造方法] [Manufacturing method of elliptical polarizing plate]

第1圖所示的橢圓偏光板1可藉由分別形成偏光層2、λ/4相位差層4與配向層5的積層體A、以及垂直配向液晶硬化層6與垂直配向層7與補強層8的積層體B後,隔著黏接著劑3貼合而得。例如於基材上形成依序積層有配向層5及λ/4相位差層4的積層體A,以及於基材上形成依序積層有補強層8、垂直配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6的積層體B,將偏光層2與積層體A的λ/4相位差層4側隔著黏接著劑3,以使偏光層2的吸收軸與λ/4相位差層4的慢軸所成的角度成為45°之方式貼合,只剝離基材,製 作積層體C。然後,將積層體C的配向層5側與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6側隔著黏接著劑3貼合,只剝離基材,藉此可製作橢圓偏光板1。 The elliptical polarizing plate 1 shown in FIG. 1 can be formed by forming a polarizing layer 2, a laminated body A of a λ / 4 retardation layer 4 and an alignment layer 5, and a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 and a vertical alignment layer 7 and a reinforcing layer. Laminated body B of 8 was obtained by bonding together through adhesive 3. For example, a laminated body A having an alignment layer 5 and a λ / 4 retardation layer 4 sequentially formed on the substrate is formed on the substrate, and a reinforcing layer 8, a vertical alignment layer 7, and a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer are formed on the substrate sequentially. In the multilayer body B of 6, the polarizer 2 and the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 side of the multilayer body A are separated by an adhesive 3 so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 and the slow axis of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 are separated. Lamination was performed so that the angle became 45 °, and only the base material was peeled to produce a laminated body C. Then, the side of the alignment layer 5 of the laminated body C and the side of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 of the laminated body B are bonded together with an adhesive 3 therebetween, and only the substrate is peeled off, whereby the elliptic polarizing plate 1 can be manufactured.

第2圖所示的橢圓偏光板10可藉由分別製作偏光層2、前述積層體A及前述積層體B,將偏光層2與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6側隔著黏接著劑3貼合,只剝離基材,而製作積層體D。然後,可將積層體D的補強層8側與積層體A的λ/4相位差層4側隔著黏接著劑3,以使偏光層2的吸收軸相對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合,只剝離基材而製作。 The elliptical polarizing plate 10 shown in FIG. 2 can be made into a polarizing layer 2, the laminated body A, and the laminated body B, respectively. The polarizing layer 2 and the laminated body B are vertically aligned with the liquid crystal hardened layer 6 side with an adhesive therebetween. 3 bonding, peeling off only the base material, and producing a laminated body D. Then, the side of the reinforcing layer 8 of the laminated body D and the side of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 of the laminated body A may be separated by the adhesive 3 so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 is relative to that of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4. The slow axis (optical axis) is bonded at a substantially 45 ° angle, and is produced by peeling only the substrate.

第3圖所示的橢圓偏光板100可藉由分別製作偏光層2、前述積層體A及前述積層體B,將積層體A的λ/4相位差層4側與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6側隔著黏接著劑3貼合,剝離兩者的基材,製作積層體E。然後,將積層體E的補強層8側與偏光層2隔著黏接著劑3,以使偏光層2的吸收軸相對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合而可製作。 The elliptically polarizing plate 100 shown in FIG. 3 can prepare the polarizing layer 2, the laminated body A, and the laminated body B, respectively, to vertically align the liquid crystal layer 4 of the laminated body A with the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 side and the laminated body B. Laminated body E was produced by laminating the hardened layer 6 side with an adhesive 3 therebetween, and peeling off both substrates. Next, the reinforcing layer 8 side of the multilayer body E and the polarizing layer 2 are separated by an adhesive 3 so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 is substantially relative to the slow axis (optical axis) of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4. It can be produced by bonding at 45 °.

(基材) (Base material)

基材可舉例如玻璃基材及膜基材,從加工性的觀點來看,較佳為膜基材,就可連續製造之點而言,更佳為長條卷狀膜。構成膜基材的樹脂可舉例如:聚乙烯、聚丙烯、降莰烯系聚合物等聚烯烴;環狀烯烴系樹脂;聚乙烯醇;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯;聚甲基丙烯酸酯;聚丙烯酸酯;三 乙醯基纖維素、二乙醯基纖維素及纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯等纖維素酯;聚萘二甲酸乙二酯;聚碳酸酯;聚碸;聚醚碸;聚醚酮;聚苯硫醚及聚苯醚等塑膠。在該基材的與黏著劑層的接合面,可實施如聚矽氧處理等離型處理。市售的纖維素酯基材可舉例如”FUJITAC FILM”(FUJIFILM股份公司製);”KC8UX2M”、”KC8UY”及”KC4UY”(以上柯尼卡美能達光學股份公司製)等。可將如此的樹脂藉由溶劑澆注法、熔融擠出法等習知手段製膜,而成為基材。 The substrate may be, for example, a glass substrate or a film substrate. From the viewpoint of processability, a film substrate is preferred, and in terms of continuous production, a long roll film is more preferred. Examples of the resin constituting the film substrate include polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and norbornene-based polymers; cyclic olefin-based resins; polyvinyl alcohol; polyethylene terephthalate; polymethacrylate Polyacrylates; cellulose esters such as triethyl cellulose, diethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate propionate; polyethylene naphthalate; polycarbonate; polyfluorene; polyether fluorene ; Polyether ketone; polyphenylene sulfide and polyphenylene ether plastics. A release treatment such as a polysiloxane treatment can be performed on the bonding surface of the substrate and the adhesive layer. Commercially available cellulose ester substrates include "FUJITAC FILM" (manufactured by FUJIFILM Co., Ltd.); "KC8UX2M", "KC8UY", and "KC4UY" (manufactured by Konica Minolta Optical Co., Ltd.). Such a resin can be formed into a base material by a conventional method such as a solvent casting method and a melt extrusion method.

市售的環狀烯烴系樹脂可舉例如”Topas”(註冊商標)(Ticona公司(獨)製)、”ARTON”(註冊商標)(JSR股份公司製)、”ZEONOR”(註冊商標)、”ZEONEX”(註冊商標)(以上日本ZEON股份公司製)及”APEL”(註冊商標)(三井化學股份公司製)。可使用市售的環狀烯烴系樹脂基材。市售的環狀烯烴系樹脂基材可舉例如”Escena”(註冊商標)、”SCA40”(註冊商標)(以上積水化學工業股份公司製)、”ZEONOR FILM”(註冊商標)(OPTES股份公司製)及”ARTON FILM”(註冊商標)(JSR股份公司製)。 Commercially available cyclic olefin-based resins include, for example, "Topas" (registered trademark) (made by Ticona (independent)), "ARTON" (registered trademark) (made by JSR Corporation), "ZEONOR" (registered trademark), " "ZEONEX" (registered trademark) (above the Japanese ZEON Corporation) and "APEL" (registered trademark) (Mitsui Chemical Corporation). A commercially available cyclic olefin-based resin substrate can be used. Examples of commercially available cyclic olefin-based resin substrates include "Escena" (registered trademark), "SCA40" (registered trademark) (manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and "ZEONOR FILM" (registered trademark) (OPTES Corporation) System) and "ARTON FILM" (registered trademark) (JSR Corporation).

基材較佳為容易積層各層且容易剝離的厚度。如此的基材的厚度通常為5至300μm,較佳為10至150μm。 It is preferable that the base material has a thickness that can be easily laminated and easily peeled. The thickness of such a substrate is usually 5 to 300 μm, and preferably 10 to 150 μm.

[橢圓偏光板的其他態樣] [Other Aspects of Elliptical Polarizer]

第1至3圖所示的橢圓偏光板1、10及100雖包含黏著劑3、配向層5及垂直配向層7,但本發明的橢圓偏光板至少具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、 補強層即可,亦可包含該等以外的層例如其他配向液晶硬化層、保護層等。 Although the elliptically polarizing plates 1, 10, and 100 shown in FIGS. 1 to 3 include an adhesive 3, an alignment layer 5, and a vertical alignment layer 7, the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention has at least a polarizing layer, a λ / 4 retardation layer, The vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer and the reinforcing layer may be sufficient, and layers other than these may be included, for example, other alignment liquid crystal hardened layers, protective layers, and the like.

其他配向液晶硬化層可舉例如在λ/4相位差層的項目中所例示的正A板、正C板、負A板、負C板等。 Other alignment liquid crystal hardened layers include, for example, the positive A plate, the positive C plate, the negative A plate, the negative C plate, and the like exemplified in the item of the λ / 4 retardation layer.

於較佳的態樣中,其他配向液晶硬化層具有式(6)所表示的光學特性,較佳具有式(6-1)所表示的光學特性。面內相位差值Re(550)可用與上述λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值的調整方法相同的方法調整。 In a preferred aspect, the other alignment liquid crystal hardened layer has the optical characteristics represented by the formula (6), and preferably has the optical characteristics represented by the formula (6-1). The in-plane retardation value Re (550) can be adjusted by the same method as the above-mentioned adjustment method of the in-plane retardation value of the λ / 4 retardation layer.

200nm<Re(550)<320nm (6) 200nm <Re (550) <320nm (6)

265nm<Re(550)<285nm (6-1) 265nm <Re (550) <285nm (6-1)

而且,其他配向液晶硬化層的Re(450)/Re(550)可為1.00以上,亦可為1.00以下,從提高橢圓偏光板的橢圓率的觀點來看,越接近λ/4相位差層4的ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)越佳,針對Re(650)/Re(550)同樣以接近λ/4相位差層4的ReQ(650)/ReQ(550)的值者為較佳。 In addition, the Re (450) / Re (550) of the other alignment liquid crystal hardened layer may be 1.00 or more, and may also be 1.00 or less. From the viewpoint of increasing the ellipticity of the elliptically polarizing plate, the closer it is to the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 The better the ReQ (450) / ReQ (550) is, the better the ReQ (650) / ReQ (550) value for Re (650) / Re (550) is similar to the λ / 4 retardation layer 4.

其他配向液晶硬化層的膜厚較佳為0.5μm至5.0μm,更佳為2.0μm至4.5μm。 The film thickness of the other alignment liquid crystal hardened layer is preferably 0.5 μm to 5.0 μm, and more preferably 2.0 μm to 4.5 μm.

保護層較佳係由下述保護層形成用組成物所形成,該保護層形成用組成物通常含有由多官能基丙烯酸酯(甲基丙烯酸酯)、胺酯丙烯酸酯、聚酯丙烯酸酯、環氧基丙烯酸酯等所構成的丙烯酸系寡聚物或聚合物、聚乙烯醇、乙烯-乙烯醇共聚物、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、澱粉類、甲基纖維素、羧基甲基纖維素、海藻酸鈉等水溶性聚合物與 溶劑。 The protective layer is preferably formed of a composition for forming a protective layer. The composition for forming a protective layer usually contains a polyfunctional acrylate (methacrylate), an urethane acrylate, a polyester acrylate, and a ring. Acrylic oligomers or polymers composed of oxyacrylate, polyvinyl alcohol, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, polyvinylpyrrolidone, starch, methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, alginic acid Water-soluble polymers such as sodium and solvents.

保護層形成用組成物所含的溶劑可舉例如與聚合性液晶組成物的項目中所例示的溶劑相同的溶劑,其中,選自由水、醇溶劑及醚溶劑所成群組的至少一種溶劑,就不溶解形成保護層的層之點而言較佳。醇溶劑可舉例如甲醇、乙醇、丁醇、乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、乙二醇甲基醚、乙二醇丁基醚及丙二醇單甲醚。醚溶劑可舉例如乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯及丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯。其中,較佳為乙醇、異丙醇、丙二醇單甲醚及丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯。 Examples of the solvent contained in the protective layer-forming composition include the same solvents as those exemplified in the item of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of water, alcohol solvents, and ether solvents, The point which does not dissolve the layer which forms a protective layer is preferable. Examples of the alcohol solvent include methanol, ethanol, butanol, ethylene glycol, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether. Examples of the ether solvent include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. Among them, ethanol, isopropanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate are preferred.

保護層的膜厚為0.1μm至10μm,更佳為0.3μm至5.0μm。 The film thickness of the protective layer is 0.1 μm to 10 μm, and more preferably 0.3 μm to 5.0 μm.

本發明的橢圓偏光板,可如第1至3圖所示的橢圓偏光板,在形成各層後隔著黏接著劑貼合各層,亦可為將各層不隔著黏接著劑等而直接積層。貼合各層的方法可為例如於基材上分別積層各層,隔著黏接著劑將層貼合後,剝離基材的方法;或者剝離基材後,隔著黏接著劑將層貼合的方法。再者,直接積層各層的方法或將層積層於基材上的方法可使用與上述將各層形成於基材的方法相同的方法。而且,在將層積層於基材上之前、將各層隔著黏接著劑貼合之前,可於基材表面或各層的表面實施表面處理例如電暈處理、電漿處理等。 The elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention may be the elliptically polarizing plate shown in Figs. 1 to 3, and after the layers are formed, the layers are bonded via an adhesive, or the layers may be directly laminated without the adhesive or the like. The method of bonding each layer may be, for example, a method of laminating each layer on a substrate, and then bonding the layers through an adhesive, and then peeling the substrate; or a method of bonding the layers through the adhesive after peeling the substrate. . In addition, as the method of directly stacking each layer or the method of stacking each layer on a substrate, the same method as the method of forming each layer on the substrate can be used. In addition, before the layers are laminated on the substrate and before the layers are bonded together with an adhesive, surface treatments such as corona treatment and plasma treatment may be performed on the surface of the substrate or the surface of each layer.

[顯示裝置] [Display device]

本發明的橢圓偏光板可利用於顯示裝置。所謂顯示裝置係具有顯示機構的裝置,且包含發光元件或發光裝置作 為發光源。顯示裝置可舉例如液晶顯示裝置、有機電激發光(EL)顯示裝置、無機電激發光(EL)顯示裝置、觸控面板顯示裝置、電子發射顯示裝置(電場發射顯示裝置(FED等)、表面電場發射顯示裝置(SED))、電子紙(使用了電子印墨、電泳元件之顯示裝置)、電漿顯示裝置、投影型顯示裝置(光柵光閥(GLV)顯示裝置、具有數位微鏡裝置(DMD)的顯示裝置等)及壓電陶瓷顯示器等。液晶顯示裝置包括穿透型液晶顯示裝置、半穿透型液晶顯示裝置、反射型液晶顯示裝置、直視型液晶顯示裝置及投影型液晶顯示裝置等的任一種。該等顯示裝置可為顯示2維影像的顯示裝置,亦可為顯示3維影像的立體顯示裝置。尤其,具備本發明的橢圓偏光板的顯示裝置較佳為有機EL顯示裝置及觸控面板顯示裝置,特佳為有機EL顯示裝置。本發明也包含具備本發明的橢圓偏光板的有機EL顯示裝置。 The elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention can be used in a display device. The display device is a device having a display mechanism and includes a light-emitting element or a light-emitting device as a light-emitting source. Examples of the display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescent (EL) display device, an inorganic electroluminescent (EL) display device, a touch panel display device, an electron emission display device (electric field emission display device (FED, etc.), surface) Electric field emission display device (SED)), electronic paper (display device using electronic printing ink, electrophoretic elements), plasma display device, projection display device (grating light valve (GLV) display device, digital micromirror device ( DMD) display devices, etc.) and piezoelectric ceramic displays. The liquid crystal display device includes any one of a transmissive liquid crystal display device, a transflective liquid crystal display device, a reflective liquid crystal display device, a direct-view liquid crystal display device, and a projection liquid crystal display device. These display devices may be a display device that displays a two-dimensional image or a stereoscopic display device that displays a three-dimensional image. In particular, the display device provided with the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention is preferably an organic EL display device and a touch panel display device, and particularly preferably an organic EL display device. The present invention also includes an organic EL display device including the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention.

本發明的有機EL顯示裝置的較佳態樣可舉例如將第1圖所示的橢圓偏光板的補強層8側隔著黏接著劑與有機EL面板貼合而成的裝置、將第2圖或第3圖所示的橢圓偏光板的配向層5隔著黏接著劑與有機EL面板貼合而成的裝置。 A preferred aspect of the organic EL display device of the present invention includes, for example, a device in which the reinforcing layer 8 side of the elliptical polarizing plate shown in FIG. 1 is bonded to an organic EL panel with an adhesive therebetween, and FIG. 2 Or the device in which the alignment layer 5 of the elliptically polarizing plate shown in FIG. 3 is bonded to an organic EL panel via an adhesive.

[實施例]     [Example]    

以下,藉由實施例,更具體地說明本發明。又,例中的「%」及「份」,除非另有說明,否則係意指質量%及質量份。而且,以下的實施例所使用的聚合物膜、裝置及測定方法係如下述。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples. In addition, "%" and "part" in the examples mean mass% and mass part unless otherwise stated. The polymer films, devices, and measurement methods used in the following examples are as follows.

‧電暈處理裝置使用春日電機股份公司製的AGF-B10。 ‧The corona treatment device uses AGF-B10 manufactured by Kasuga Electric Co., Ltd.

‧電暈處理,在對基材塗佈組成物的情況,可適當地實施。使用上述電暈處理裝置,在輸出0.3kW、處理速度3m/分鐘的條件下進行1次。 ‧Corona treatment can be appropriately performed when applying a composition to a substrate. Using the above-mentioned corona treatment device, it was performed once under the conditions of an output of 0.3 kW and a processing speed of 3 m / min.

‧偏光UV照射裝置使用Ushio電機股份公司製的附偏光片單元的SPOT CURE SP-9。 ‧Polarized UV irradiation equipment uses SPOT CURE SP-9 with a polarizer unit manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.

‧高壓水銀燈使用Ushio電機股份公司製的Unicure VB-15201BY-A。 ‧Unicure VB-15201BY-A manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. is used for the high-pressure mercury lamp.

‧面內方向的相位差值Re(λ)使用王子計測機器股份公司製的KOBRA-WPR進行測定。 ‧The phase difference value Re (λ) in the in-plane direction was measured using KOBRA-WPR manufactured by Oji Measurement Co., Ltd.

‧厚度方向的相位差值Rth(λ)及膜厚使用日本分光股份公司製的橢圓偏光儀M-220或接觸式膜厚計(Nikon公司製MH-15M、Counter TC101、MS-5C)進行測定。而且,Si/C的比係由垂直配向層7的元素分析、使用X射線光電分光法的表面構成元素的測定而計算出,或者在垂直配向層7的形成所使用的化合物的結構式為完全已知的情況,可由結構式計算出。 ‧The retardation value Rth (λ) and film thickness in the thickness direction are measured using an ellipsometry M-220 or a contact film thickness meter (MH-15M, Counter TC101, MS-5C, manufactured by Nikon Corporation) . Moreover, the Si / C ratio is calculated by elemental analysis of the vertical alignment layer 7 and measurement of surface constituent elements using X-ray photoelectric spectrometry, or the structural formula of the compound used in the formation of the vertical alignment layer 7 is complete Known conditions can be calculated from the structural formula.

(實施例1) (Example 1)

如以下的方式製作第1圖所示的層構成的橢圓偏光板1。 The elliptically polarizing plate 1 having the layer structure shown in FIG. 1 was produced as follows.

[偏光層2的製造]     [Manufacture of Polarizing Layer 2]    

將平均聚合度約2400、皂化度99.9莫耳%以上、厚度75μm的聚乙烯醇膜浸漬於30℃的純水後,以30℃浸漬於 碘/碘化鉀/水的質量比為0.02/2/100的水溶液,進行碘染色(碘染色步驟)。然後,將經過碘染色步驟的聚乙烯醇膜以56.5℃浸漬於碘化鉀/硼酸/水的質量比為12/5/100的水溶液而進行硼酸處理(硼酸處理步驟)。將經過硼酸處理步驟的聚乙烯醇膜使用8℃的純水洗淨後,於65℃進行乾燥,得到碘吸附配向於聚乙烯醇的偏光片(延伸後的厚度為27μm)。此時,於碘染色步驟及硼酸處理步驟中進行延伸。如此的延伸的總延伸倍率為5.3倍。將所得之偏光片與經皂化處理的三乙醯基纖維素膜(柯尼卡美能達公司製KC4UYTAC 40μm),隔著水系接著劑,使用夾持滾輪貼合。在將所得之貼合物的張力保持於430N/cm的同時於60℃乾燥2分鐘,得到單面具有三乙醯基纖維素膜作為保護膜的偏光層。再者,前述水系接著劑係於水100份中添加羧基改性聚乙烯醇(Kuraray製、「Kuraray Poval KL318」)3份及水溶性聚醯胺環氧樹脂(住化Chemtex公司製、「Sumirez resin 650」、固體成分濃度30%的水溶液)1.5份而調製。 A polyvinyl alcohol film having an average degree of polymerization of about 2400, a degree of saponification of 99.9 mol% or more, and a thickness of 75 μm was immersed in pure water at 30 ° C, and then the mass ratio of iodine / potassium iodide / water was 0.02 / 2/100 at 30 ° C. The aqueous solution was subjected to iodine staining (iodine staining step). Then, the polyvinyl alcohol film subjected to the iodine dyeing step was immersed in an aqueous solution having a mass ratio of potassium iodide / boric acid / water of 12/5/100 at 56.5 ° C. to perform a boric acid treatment (boric acid treatment step). The polyvinyl alcohol film that had undergone the boric acid treatment step was washed with pure water at 8 ° C., and then dried at 65 ° C. to obtain a polarizer (the thickness after stretching was 27 μm) aligned with polyvinyl alcohol by iodine adsorption. At this time, stretching is performed in the iodine staining step and the boric acid treatment step. The total stretching ratio of such stretching is 5.3 times. The obtained polarizer and a saponified triethylsulfonyl cellulose film (KC4UYTAC manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd. 40 μm) were bonded together via a water-based adhesive using a pinch roller. While maintaining the tension of the obtained paste at 430 N / cm, drying was performed at 60 ° C. for 2 minutes to obtain a polarizing layer having a triethylfluorenyl cellulose film on one side as a protective film. The water-based adhesive was added to 100 parts of water with 3 parts of a carboxyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol (Kuraray, "Kuraray Poval KL318") and a water-soluble polyamine epoxy resin (Sumika Chemtex, "Sumirez" resin 650 ", 30% solids solution in water)).

針對所得之偏光層2進行光學特性的測定。測定係將上述所得之偏光層的偏光片的面作為入射面,使用分光光度計(「V7100」、日本分光製)實施。偏光層的吸收軸與聚乙烯醇的延伸方向一致,所得之偏光層的視感度校正單體穿透率為42.1%,視感度校正偏光度為99.996%,單體色相a為-1.1,單體色相b為3.7。 The obtained polarizing layer 2 was measured for optical characteristics. The measurement was performed using the surface of the polarizer of the polarizing layer obtained above as the incident surface, using a spectrophotometer ("V7100", manufactured by Japan Spectroscopy). The absorption axis of the polarizing layer is the same as the extension direction of the polyvinyl alcohol. The obtained polarized layer has a visually-corrected monochromatic transmittance of 42.1%, a visually-corrected polarized degree of 99.996%, and a monomer hue a of -1.1. Hue b is 3.7.

[λ/4相位差層4形成用的配向層5形成用組成物(a)的調製] [Modulation of Composition (a) for Forming Alignment Layer 5 for Forming λ / 4 Phase Difference Layer 4]

將下述結構的光配向性材料5份(重量平均分子量:30000)與環戊酮(溶劑)95份作為成分進行混合,將所得之混合物在80℃攪拌1小時,藉此得到λ/4相位差層4形成用的配向層5形成用組成物(a)。 5 parts (weight average molecular weight: 30,000) of photo-alignment material having the following structure and 95 parts of cyclopentanone (solvent) were mixed as components, and the obtained mixture was stirred at 80 ° C for 1 hour, thereby obtaining a λ / 4 phase. Composition (a) for forming alignment layer 5 for forming differential layer 4.

[λ/4相位差層4形成用組成物及垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物的調製] [Modulation of composition for forming λ / 4 retardation layer 4 and composition for forming vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6]

對於以下所示的聚合性液晶化合物A及聚合性液晶化合物B以90:10的質量比混合而成的混合物,添加調平劑(F-556;DIC公司製)1.0份及聚合引發劑之2-二甲基胺基-2-苯甲基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)丁烷-1-酮(「Irgacure 369(Irg369)」、日本BASF股份公司製)6份。 To a mixture of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound A and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound B shown below at a mass ratio of 90:10, 1.0 part of a leveling agent (F-556; manufactured by DIC Corporation) and 2 of a polymerization initiator were added. -6 parts of dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1- (4-morpholinylphenyl) butane-1-one ("Irgacure 369 (Irg369)", manufactured by Japan BASF Corporation).

再者,以使固體成分濃度成為13%之方式添加N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP),於80℃攪拌1小時,藉此得到λ/4相位差層4形成用組成物及垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物。 Furthermore, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) was added so that the solid content concentration became 13%, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C for 1 hour, thereby obtaining a composition for forming a λ / 4 retardation layer 4 and A composition for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured layer 6.

聚合性液晶化合物A係使用日本特開2010-31223號公報記載的方法製造。而且,聚合性液晶化合物B係根據日本特開2009-173893號公報記載的方法製造。以下表示各自的分子結構。 The polymerizable liquid crystal compound A is produced using the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-31223. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound B is produced by a method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-173893. The respective molecular structures are shown below.

[聚合性液晶化合物A] [Polymerizable liquid crystal compound A]

[聚合性液晶化合物B] [Polymerizable liquid crystal compound B]

[由基材、配向層5及λ/4相位差層4所構成的積層體A的製造] [Manufacturing of a multilayer body A composed of a base material, an alignment layer 5 and a λ / 4 retardation layer 4]

在日本ZEON股份公司製的環烯烴聚合物膜(COP)(ZF-14-50、膜厚50μm)上,使用棒塗器塗佈配向層形成用組成物(a),在80℃乾燥1分鐘,使用偏光UV照射裝置(「SPOT CURE SP-9」、Ushio電機股份公司製),以在波長313nm的累積光量:100mJ/cm2、軸角度為45°實施偏光UV曝光。將所得之配向層5的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為100nm。 The composition (a) for forming an alignment layer was coated on a cycloolefin polymer film (COP) (ZF-14-50, film thickness 50 μm) made by Japan Zeon Co., Ltd. using a bar coater, and dried at 80 ° C. for 1 minute. Using a polarized UV irradiation device ("SPOT CURE SP-9", manufactured by Ushio Denki Co., Ltd.), the polarized UV exposure was performed with a cumulative light quantity at a wavelength of 313 nm: 100 mJ / cm 2 and an axial angle of 45 °. When the film thickness of the obtained alignment layer 5 was measured using an ellipsometer, it was 100 nm.

然後,於配向層5,使用棒塗器塗佈λ/4相位差層4形成用組成物,在120℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:500mJ/cm2),藉此形成λ/4相位差層4,得到由基材、配向層5及λ/4相位差層4所構成的積層體A。將積層體A的λ/4相位差層4的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為2.3μm。 Then, on the alignment layer 5, a composition for forming the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 was applied using a bar coater, and after drying at 120 ° C for 1 minute, a high-pressure mercury lamp ("Unicure VB-15201BY-A", Ushio Denki Co., Ltd.) was used. (Manufactured) by irradiating ultraviolet rays (accumulated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm in a nitrogen environment: 500 mJ / cm 2 ), thereby forming a λ / 4 retardation layer 4, and obtaining a substrate, an alignment layer 5, and a λ / 4 retardation layer 4. Composition of laminated body A. When the film thickness of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 of the multilayer body A was measured using an ellipsometer, it was 2.3 μm.

[垂直配向液晶硬化層形成用的垂直配向層 形成用組成物(b)的調製] [Modulation of composition (b) for forming vertical alignment layer for forming vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer]

將信越化學工業股份公司製的矽烷偶合劑「KBE-3103」溶解於已使乙醇與水以9:1(質量比)的比例混合的混合溶劑中,得到固體成分0.5%的垂直配向液晶硬化層形成用的垂直配向層形成用組成物(b)。 A silane coupling agent "KBE-3103" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. was dissolved in a mixed solvent in which ethanol and water were mixed at a ratio of 9: 1 (mass ratio) to obtain a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer having a solid content of 0.5%. Composition (b) for forming a vertical alignment layer.

[包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物的調製] [Preparation of composition for forming reinforcing layer 8 made of acrylic resin]

調製將二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(ARONIX M-403、東亞合成股份公司製多官能基丙烯酸酯)50份、丙烯酸酯樹脂(EBECRYL 4858、DAICEL UCB股份公司製)50份、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮(Irgacure 907;Ciba Specialty Chemicals公司製)3份溶解於異丙醇250份而成的溶液,調製包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層形成用組成物。 Prepare 50 parts of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (ARONIX M-403, polyfunctional acrylate manufactured by Toa Synthesis Co., Ltd.), 50 parts of acrylic resin (EBECRYL 4858, manufactured by DAICEL UCB Co., Ltd.), and 2-methyl A solution prepared by dissolving 3 parts of -1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinylpropan-1-one (Irgacure 907; manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) in 250 parts of isopropanol, and preparing Contains a composition for forming a reinforcing layer made of an acrylic resin.

[由基材、補強層8、配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6所構成的積層體B的製造] [Manufacturing of a laminated body B composed of a base material, a reinforcing layer 8, an alignment layer 7, and a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6]

在日本ZEON股份公司製的已實施離型處理的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜(Lintec(股)製、SP-PLR382050、以下簡稱為「分隔片」)上,使用棒塗器塗佈包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層形成用組成物,在50℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:500mJ/cm2),藉此形成包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層8。將所得之補強層8的膜厚使用接觸式膜厚計測定時為10μm。 然後,於補強層8上,使用棒塗器塗佈垂直配向層形成用組成物(b),在80℃乾燥1分鐘,得到垂直配向層7。將所得之垂直配向層7的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為50nm。 On a polyethylene terephthalate film (manufactured by Lintec, Ltd., SP-PLR382050, hereinafter referred to as "separator"), which has been subjected to a release treatment, manufactured by Japan Zeon Co., Ltd., a bar coater is used to coat the film. The composition for forming a reinforcing layer made of an acrylic resin was dried at 50 ° C for 1 minute, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays (under a nitrogen atmosphere, at a wavelength of 365 nm under a nitrogen environment, using a high-pressure mercury lamp ("Unicure VB-15201BY-A", manufactured by Ushio Electric Corporation) Cumulative light amount: 500 mJ / cm 2 ), thereby forming a reinforcing layer 8 made of an acrylic resin. When the film thickness of the obtained reinforcement layer 8 was measured using a contact-type film thickness meter, it was 10 micrometers. Then, the composition (b) for forming a vertical alignment layer was applied on the reinforcing layer 8 using a bar coater, and dried at 80 ° C. for 1 minute to obtain a vertical alignment layer 7. The film thickness of the obtained vertical alignment layer 7 was 50 nm when measured using an ellipsometer.

再者,於垂直配向層7,使用棒塗器塗佈垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物,在120℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:500mJ/cm2),藉此形成垂直配向液晶硬化層6,得到由基材、補強層8、配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6所構成的積層體B。將積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為1.2μm。而且,補強層8與垂直配向液晶硬化層6的層間距離為50nm。而且,垂直配向層7的構成元素比,Si/C=0.33。 Furthermore, the vertical alignment layer 7 was coated with a composition for forming the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 using a bar coater, and dried at 120 ° C for 1 minute, and then a high-pressure mercury lamp ("Unicure VB-15201BY-A", Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.) was used. (Manufactured by the company) by irradiating ultraviolet rays (accumulated light quantity at a wavelength of 365 nm in a nitrogen environment: 500 mJ / cm 2 ), thereby forming a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6, and obtaining a substrate, a reinforcing layer 8, an aligned layer 7, and a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened The laminated body B consisting of the layers 6. The film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 of the multilayer body B was 1.2 μm when measured using an ellipsometer. The interlayer distance between the reinforcing layer 8 and the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 is 50 nm. The constituent element ratio of the vertical alignment layer 7 is Si / C = 0.33.

[λ/4相位差層4及垂直配向液晶硬化層6的Re測定] [Re measurement of λ / 4 retardation layer 4 and vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6]

用上述方法製造的λ/4相位差層4及垂直配向液晶硬化層6的面內相位差值(Re1(λ)及Re2(λ)),係在確認屬於基材的COP膜無相位差後,藉由測定機(「KOBRA-WPR」、王子計測機器股份公司製)進行測定。測定在各波長之相位差值ReQ(λ)的結果,ReQ(450)=119nm、ReQ(550)=140nm、ReQ(650)=146nm、ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)=0.85。 The in-plane retardation values (Re1 (λ) and Re2 (λ)) of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 and the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 manufactured by the above method are after confirming that the COP film belonging to the substrate has no retardation. The measurement was performed by a measuring machine ("KOBRA-WPR", manufactured by Oji Measurement Co., Ltd.). As a result of measuring the retardation values ReQ (λ) at each wavelength, ReQ (450) = 119nm, ReQ (550) = 140nm, ReQ (650) = 146nm, ReQ (450) / ReQ (550) = 0.85.

[垂直配向液晶硬化層6的Rth測定] [Rth measurement of vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6]

用上述方法製造的垂直配向液晶硬化層6的厚度方向 相位差值(RthV(λ)),係將垂直配向液晶硬化層6隔著黏著劑(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm)與玻璃貼合,剝離屬於基材的分隔片,製作測定用樣品後,在確認配向層7及補強層8無相位差後,藉由橢圓偏光儀,改變光對樣品的入射角,進行測定。而且,450nm及550nm的波長λ的平均折射率係使用折射率計(Atago股份公司製、「多波長阿貝折射計DR-M4」)進行測定。由所得之膜厚、平均折射率及橢圓偏光儀的測定結果計算出的RthV分別為RthV(450)=-60nm、RthV(550)=-70nm、RthV(450)/RthV(550)=0.85。 The thickness direction retardation value (RthV (λ)) of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 manufactured by the above method is that the vertical aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 is laminated with an adhesive (pressure-sensitive adhesive made by Lintec Corporation 15 μm) and glass. After the separators belonging to the substrate are peeled off, and a measurement sample is produced, after confirming that there is no phase difference between the alignment layer 7 and the reinforcing layer 8, the angle of incidence of the light on the sample is measured by an ellipsometer. The average refractive index of the wavelengths λ of 450 nm and 550 nm was measured using a refractive index meter (manufactured by Atago Corporation, "multi-wavelength Abbe refractometer DR-M4"). The RthV calculated from the obtained film thickness, average refractive index, and measurement results of an ellipsometer are RthV (450) =-60nm, RthV (550) =-70nm, and RthV (450) / RthV (550) = 0.85.

[橢圓偏光板1的製造] [Manufacturing of Elliptical Polarizer 1]

對積層體A的λ/4相位差層4的聚合性液晶組成物塗佈面實施電暈處理後,將上述製造的偏光層2與積層體A的λ/4相位差層4,隔著黏著劑3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm),以使偏光層2的吸收軸與λ/4相位差層4的慢軸所成的角度成為45°之方式貼合,只剝離基材,製作積層體C。然後,對積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6實施電暈處理後,將積層體C的配向層5與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6隔著黏著劑3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm)貼合,只剝離基材,製作橢圓偏光板1。 After applying the corona treatment to the coating surface of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 of the multilayer body A, the polarizing layer 2 manufactured as described above and the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 of the multilayer body A are adhered to each other through the adhesion. Agent 3 (pressure-sensitive adhesive 15 μm made by Lintec) is bonded so that the angle formed by the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 and the slow axis of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 becomes 45 °, and only the substrate is peeled off. Laminated body C was produced. Then, after the corona treatment is performed on the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 of the multilayer body B, the alignment layer 5 of the multilayer body C and the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 of the multilayer body B are sandwiched with an adhesive 3 (pressure sensitive type manufactured by Lintec). An adhesive (15 μm) was bonded together, and only the base material was peeled off to produce an elliptically polarizing plate 1.

[各層的面內平均折射率的差] [Difference in In-Plane Average Refractive Index of Each Layer]

根據上述方法將各層塗佈於玻璃上,使用折射率計(Atago股份公司製、「多波長阿貝折射計DR-M4」)或橢圓偏光儀,計算出各層的平均折射率,確認各層的面內平均 折射率的差為0.2以下。 Each layer was coated on glass according to the method described above, and the average refractive index of each layer was calculated using a refractometer (manufactured by Atago Co., Ltd., "Multiwavelength Abbe Refractometer DR-M4") or an ellipsometry, and the surface of each layer was confirmed The difference in the internal average refractive index is 0.2 or less.

[切割端面的觀察]     [Observation of cutting end face]    

將所得之橢圓偏光板放置於切割墊上,使用切割器切出3cm×3cm的正方形後,將端面使用10倍放大鏡目視觀察,確認是否產生波狀起伏、龜裂等缺陷。將相同的操作實施3次,即使是其中1次也將觀察到缺陷的情況設為X,將沒有觀察到缺陷的情況設為○,將結果記載於表1。 The obtained elliptical polarizing plate was placed on a cutting pad, and a 3 cm × 3 cm square was cut out using a cutter, and then the end surface was visually observed with a 10-times magnifying glass to confirm whether defects such as undulations and cracks occurred. The same operation was performed three times, and even if one of them was observed, the case where a defect was observed was set to X, the case where no defect was observed was set to ○, and the results are shown in Table 1.

(實施例2及3) (Examples 2 and 3)

除了將補強層8的膜厚變更為表1的記載以外,與實施例1同樣地製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。 An elliptically polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the film thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 was changed to that described in Table 1, and observation of the cut end surface was performed.

(實施例4) (Example 4)

除了混合0.5重量%的聚醯亞胺(「SUNEVER SE-610」、日產化學工業股份公司製)、72.3重量%的N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、18.1重量%的2-丁氧基乙醇、9.1重量%的乙基環己烷及0.01重量%的DPHA(新中村化學製)而製作垂直配向層形成用組成物(b),並使用該垂直配向層形成用組成物(b)及將補強層8的膜厚設為5μm以外,與實施例1同樣地製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。將結果表示於表1。再者,將垂直配向層7的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為0.5μm。據此,補強層8與垂直配向液晶硬化層6的層間距離為0.5μm。 In addition to 0.5% by weight of polyimide ("SUNEVER SE-610", manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), 72.3% by weight of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and 18.1% by weight of 2-butoxy Ethanol, 9.1% by weight of ethylcyclohexane, and 0.01% by weight of DPHA (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) to prepare a composition (b) for forming a vertical alignment layer, and use the composition (b) for forming a vertical alignment layer and An elliptically polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 was set to 5 μm, and observation of the cut end surface was performed. The results are shown in Table 1. The thickness of the vertical alignment layer 7 was 0.5 μm when measured using an ellipsometer. Accordingly, the interlayer distance between the reinforcing layer 8 and the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 is 0.5 μm.

(實施例5) (Example 5)

如以下所示,除了改變補強層8形成用組成物及補強層8的製造方法以外,以與實施例1同樣方法製作橢圓偏 光板,實施切割端面的觀察。將結果表示於表1。 As shown below, except that the composition for forming the reinforcing layer 8 and the manufacturing method of the reinforcing layer 8 were changed, an elliptic polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, and observation of the cut end face was performed. The results are shown in Table 1.

[包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物的調製]     [Preparation of composition for forming reinforcing layer 8 made of epoxy resin]    

混合3,4-環氧基環己烷甲酸3,4-環氧基環己基甲酯80份、2-乙基己基環氧丙基醚20份、SAN-APRO公司製CPI-100P 2.25份、碳酸伸丙酯2.25份,調製包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物。 80 parts of 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylic acid 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl methyl ester, 20 parts of 2-ethylhexyl glycidyl ether, 2.25 parts of CPI-100P manufactured by SAN-APRO company, 2.25 parts of propylene carbonate, to prepare a composition for forming a reinforcing layer 8 made of epoxy resin.

[由基材、補強層8、配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6所構成的積層體B的製造(只有補強層8的製造部分)]     [Manufacturing of a laminated body B composed of a base material, a reinforcing layer 8, an alignment layer 7, and a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 (only the manufacturing portion of the reinforcing layer 8)]    

於已實施離型處理的分隔片上,使用棒塗器塗佈包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物,在50℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:400mJ/cm2),藉此形成包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層8。將所得之補強層8的膜厚使用接觸式膜厚計測定時為5μm。 The release sheet was coated with a composition for forming a reinforcing layer 8 made of epoxy resin using a bar coater, and dried at 50 ° C for 1 minute, and then a high-pressure mercury lamp ("Unicure VB-15201BY-A" was used). ", Manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.) to irradiate ultraviolet rays (cumulative light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm in a nitrogen environment: 400 mJ / cm 2 ), thereby forming a reinforcing layer 8 made of epoxy resin. When the film thickness of the obtained reinforcement layer 8 was measured using a contact-type film thickness meter, it was 5 micrometers.

(實施例6) (Example 6)

如以下所示,除了改變補強層8形成用組成物及補強層8的製造方法以外,以與實施例1同樣方法製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。將結果表示於表1。 As shown below, except that the composition for forming the reinforcing layer 8 and the manufacturing method of the reinforcing layer 8 were changed, an elliptically polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, and observation of the cut end face was performed. The results are shown in Table 1.

[包含胺酯樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物的調製]     [Preparation of composition for forming reinforcing layer 8 made of amine ester resin]    

調製將丙烯酸酯樹脂(EBECRYL 4858、DAICEL UCB股份公司製)100份、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮(Irgacure 907;Ciba Specialty Chemicals公司製)3份溶解於異丙醇250份而成的溶液,得到包含胺酯樹脂所 成的補強層8形成用組成物。 100 parts of acrylate resin (EBECRYL 4858, manufactured by Daicel UCB Co., Ltd.) and 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinylpropane-1-one (Irgacure 907 ; Manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) 3 parts of a solution dissolved in 250 parts of isopropyl alcohol to obtain a composition for forming a reinforcing layer 8 made of an amine ester resin.

[由基材、補強層8、配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6所構成的積層體B的製造(只有補強層8的製造部分)]     [Manufacturing of a laminated body B composed of a base material, a reinforcing layer 8, an alignment layer 7, and a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 (only the manufacturing portion of the reinforcing layer 8)]    

於已實施離型處理的分隔片上,使用棒塗器塗佈包含胺酯樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物,在50℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:400mJ/cm2),藉此形成包含胺酯樹脂所成的補強層8。將所得之補強層8的膜厚使用接觸式膜厚計測定時為5μm。 On the separator subjected to the release treatment, a composition for forming a reinforcing layer 8 containing an amine ester resin was applied using a bar coater, and dried at 50 ° C for 1 minute, and then a high-pressure mercury lamp ("Unicure VB-15201BY-A" was used). ", Manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.) by irradiating ultraviolet rays (cumulative light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm in a nitrogen environment: 400 mJ / cm 2 ), thereby forming a reinforcing layer 8 made of an amine ester resin. When the film thickness of the obtained reinforcement layer 8 was measured using a contact-type film thickness meter, it was 5 micrometers.

(實施例7至9) (Examples 7 to 9)

除了改變補強層8的膜厚及將橢圓偏光板的製造方法改變為如同下述以外,與實施例1同樣地製作第2圖所示的層構成的橢圓偏光板10,實施切割端面的觀察。 Except that the thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 was changed and the method of manufacturing the elliptically polarizing plate was changed as described below, the elliptically polarizing plate 10 having the layer structure shown in FIG. 2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, and observation of the cut end face was performed.

[橢圓偏光板10的製造方法] [Manufacturing method of elliptically polarizing plate 10]

首先,對積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6實施電暈處理後,將積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6側與上述所得之偏光層2隔著黏著劑3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm)貼合,剝離基材,製作積層體D。然後,對積層體A的λ/4相位差層4的聚合性液晶組成物塗佈面實施電暈處理後,將積層體D的補強層8與積層體A的λ/4相位差層4,隔著黏著劑3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm),以使偏光層2的吸收軸相對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合,剝離基材,製作橢圓偏光 板10。 First, after the corona treatment is performed on the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 of the multilayer body B, the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 side of the multilayer body B and the polarizing layer 2 obtained above are interposed with an adhesive 3 (pressure sensitive type manufactured by Lintec). Adhesive (15 μm) was adhered, and the substrate was peeled to produce a laminated body D. Then, after applying a corona treatment to the coating surface of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 of the multilayer body A, the reinforcing layer 8 of the multilayer body D and the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 of the multilayer body A, With the adhesive 3 (pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec Corporation 15 μm), the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 is substantially 45 ° with respect to the slow axis (optical axis) of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4 The substrates were bonded and peeled to produce an elliptically polarizing plate 10.

(實施例10至12) (Examples 10 to 12)

除了改變補強層8的膜厚及將橢圓偏光板的製造方法改變為如同下述以外,與實施例1同樣地製作第3圖所示的層構成的橢圓偏光板100,實施切割端面的觀察。 Except that the thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 was changed and the method of manufacturing the elliptically polarizing plate was changed as described below, the elliptically polarizing plate 100 having the layer structure shown in FIG. 3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, and observation of the cut end face was performed.

[橢圓偏光板100的製造方法] [Manufacturing method of elliptically polarizing plate 100]

首先,對積層體A的λ/4相位差層4及積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6實施電暈處理後,將積層體A的λ/4相位差層4與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6隔著黏著劑3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm)貼合,剝離積層體B的基材,製作積層體E。然後,將積層體E的補強層8與偏光層2,隔著黏著劑3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm),以使偏光層2的吸收軸相對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合後,剝離積層體A所含的基材,製作橢圓偏光板100。 First, after performing corona treatment on the λ / 4 phase difference layer 4 of the multilayer body A and the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 of the multilayer body B, the vertical alignment of the λ / 4 phase difference layer 4 of the multilayer body A and the multilayer body B is performed. The liquid crystal hardened layer 6 was bonded together via an adhesive 3 (15 μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec), and the base material of the laminated body B was peeled off to produce a laminated body E. Next, the reinforcing layer 8 and the polarizing layer 2 of the laminated body E are interposed with an adhesive 3 (pressure-sensitive adhesive made by Lintec Corporation 15 μm) so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 is relative to that of the λ / 4 retardation layer 4. After the slow axis (optical axis) is bonded so as to be substantially 45 °, the base material included in the laminated body A is peeled off to produce an elliptically polarizing plate 100.

(比較例1) (Comparative example 1)

除了省略製造補強層的步驟以外,以與實施例1相同的方法製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。 An elliptical polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the step of manufacturing the reinforcing layer was omitted, and observation of the cut end face was performed.

(比較例2) (Comparative example 2)

除了省略製造補強層的步驟以外,以與實施例7至9相同的方法製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。 An elliptical polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Examples 7 to 9 except that the step of manufacturing the reinforcing layer was omitted, and observation of the cut end face was performed.

以下,對於實施例及比較例,顯示實施切割端面的觀察的結果。再者,表1中,層間距離係意指垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8的層間距離。 In the following, the results of observation of the cut end faces are shown for the examples and comparative examples. In addition, in Table 1, the interlayer distance means the interlayer distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8.

實施例1至12的橢圓偏光板,可在切割時不產生波狀起伏、龜裂等缺陷地加工,且為加工特性良好的橢圓偏光板。 The elliptically polarizing plates of Examples 1 to 12 can be processed without causing undulations, cracks, and other defects during cutting, and are elliptically polarizing plates with good processing characteristics.

Claims (13)

一種橢圓偏光板,其係具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層及補強層,其中,垂直配向液晶硬化層為由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在垂直方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成,垂直配向液晶硬化層的膜厚為3μm以下。     An elliptically polarizing plate comprising a polarizing layer, a λ / 4 retardation layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer and a reinforcing layer, wherein the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer is vertically aligned with respect to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer. The polymer film of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is in a state where the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer is 3 μm or less.     如申請專利範圍第1項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,垂直配向液晶硬化層與補強層的層間距離為5μm以下。     The elliptical polarizer according to item 1 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the interlayer distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer and the reinforcing layer is 5 μm or less.     如申請專利範圍第1或2項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,補強層的膜厚為1至10μm。     The elliptically polarizing plate according to item 1 or 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the film thickness of the reinforcing layer is 1 to 10 μm.     如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,λ/4相位差層為水平配向液晶硬化層,水平配向液晶硬化層為由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在水平方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成。     The elliptical polarizer according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the λ / 4 retardation layer is a horizontally aligned liquid crystal hardened layer, and the horizontally aligned liquid crystal hardened layer is made of The layer plane is composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition in a state where the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is aligned in a horizontal direction.     如申請專利範圍第1項至第4項中任一項所述之橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層。     The elliptical polarizing plate according to any one of the first to fourth items of the patent application scope, which has a polarizing layer, a λ / 4 retardation layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer, and a reinforcing layer in this order.     如申請專利範圍第1項至第4項中任一項所述之橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層、λ/4相位差層。     The elliptical polarizing plate according to any one of the first to fourth items of the patent application scope, which has a polarizing layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer, a reinforcing layer, and a λ / 4 retardation layer in this order.     如申請專利範圍第1項至第4項中任一項所述之橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、補強層、垂直配向液晶硬 化層、λ/4相位差層。     The elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 4 of the scope of patent application, which has a polarizing layer, a reinforcing layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer, and a λ / 4 retardation layer in this order.     如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項中任一項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,補強層為包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、胺酯樹脂及三聚氰胺樹脂所成群組的至少1種而成者。     The elliptical polarizing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the reinforcing layer is selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin, epoxy resin, oxetane resin, amine ester resin, and melamine resin. At least one member of the group.     如申請專利範圍第1項至第8項中任一項所述之橢圓偏光板,其係在垂直配向液晶硬化層與補強層之間具有膜厚5μm以下的配向層,該配向層為由構成元素中包含Si元素、C元素及O元素的化合物所構成的層。     The elliptical polarizing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 8 of the scope of patent application, which has an alignment layer with a film thickness of 5 μm or less between the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer and the reinforcing layer, and the alignment layer is composed of The element includes a layer composed of a compound of the Si element, the C element, and the O element.     如申請專利範圍第1項至第9項中任一項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,於鄰接的各層中,在波長550nm的面內平均折射率的差為0.20以下。     The elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 9, in which the difference in the average refractive index between the adjacent layers in a plane of a wavelength of 550 nm is 0.20 or less.     如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,關於λ/4相位差層,在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係,nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ)≒nzQ(λ)式中,nxQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈平行的方向的主折射率;nyQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於相位差層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxQ(λ)的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;nzQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層 平面呈垂直的方向的折射率;並且滿足下述式(1)至(3)的關係,ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)≦1.00 (1) 1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2) 100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3)式中,ReQ(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值ReQ(λ)係以ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ表示,此處dQ表示λ/4相位差層的厚度。     The elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 10 in the scope of the patent application, wherein the λ / 4 retardation layer is formed in a refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ / 4 retardation layer at a wavelength The range of λ = 400 to 700nm has the relationship of the following formula. nxQ (λ)> nyQ (λ) ≒ nzQ (λ) In the formula, nxQ (λ) represents the refractive index ellipse formed in the λ / 4 retardation layer. In the body, the principal refractive index of light having a wavelength of λ (nm) in a direction parallel to the plane of the retardation layer; nyQ (λ) means that in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ / 4 retardation layer, the relative The refractive index of light with a wavelength of λ (nm) parallel to the plane of the retardation layer and orthogonal to the direction of the aforementioned nxQ (λ); nzQ (λ) means that the retardation layer is formed in the λ / 4 retardation layer In the refractive index ellipsoid, the refractive index of light having a wavelength of λ (nm) in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the retardation layer; and satisfying the relationship of the following formulas (1) to (3), ReQ (450) / ReQ (550) ≦ 1.00 (1) 1.00 ≦ ReQ (650) / ReQ (550) (2) 100nm ≦ ReQ (550) ≦ 160nm (3) In the formula, ReQ (450) represents the wavelength of light with a wavelength of λ = 450nm. In-plane retardation of λ / 4 retardation layer, ReQ (550) table Shows the in-plane retardation value of the λ / 4 retardation layer for light with a wavelength of λ = 550nm, and ReQ (650) shows the in-plane retardation value of the λ / 4 retardation layer for light with a wavelength of λ = 650nm. The in-plane retardation value ReQ (λ) of the λ / 4 retardation layer of λ (nm) light is expressed by ReQ (λ) = (nxQ (λ) -nyQ (λ)) × dQ, where dQ represents λ / 4 thickness of the retardation layer.     如申請專利範圍第1項至第11項中任一項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,關於垂直配向液晶硬化層,在垂直配向液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係,nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ)式中,nzV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率;nxV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的方向的最大折射率,nyV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於液晶硬化 層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxV的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;但是於nxV(λ)=nyV(λ)的情況,nxV(λ)表示相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的任意方向的折射率;並且滿足下述式(4)至(6)的關係,RthV(450)/RthV(550)≦1.00 (4) 1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5) -120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm (6)式中,RthV(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值RthV(λ)係以RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV表示;此處,在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,nzV(λ)表示在波長λ(nm)的相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的主折射率,「(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2」表示在波長λ(nm)的在液晶硬化層平面的平均折射率;dV表示液晶硬化層的厚度。     The elliptical polarizing plate as described in any one of claims 1 to 11 in the patent application scope, wherein, regarding the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer, in a refractive index ellipsoid formed by the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer, at a wavelength λ = The range from 400 to 700 nm has a relationship of the following formula. NzV (λ)> nxV (λ) (nyV (λ) where nzV (λ) is the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardened layer. The refractive index of light of λ (nm) in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer; nxV (λ) represents the relative of light with a wavelength of λ (nm) in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardened layer The maximum refractive index in a direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer, nyV (λ) refers to the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardened layer, which is parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer and is positive with respect to the aforementioned nxV direction Refractive index of light in the direction of intersection with wavelength λ (nm); but in the case of nxV (λ) = nyV (λ), nxV (λ) represents the refractive index in any direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer; And satisfy the relationship of the following formulae (4) to (6), RthV (450) / RthV (550) ≦ 1.00 (4) 1.00 ≦ Rth V (650) / RthV (550) (5) -120nm ≦ RthV (550) ≦ -50nm (6) In the formula, RthV (450) represents the retardation in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light having a wavelength of λ = 450nm. Value, RthV (550) represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light having a wavelength of λ = 550nm, and RthV (650) represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light having a wavelength of λ = 650nm. The retardation value RthV (λ) in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer of light having a wavelength of λ (nm) is given by RthV (λ) = [(nxV (λ) + nyV (λ)) / 2-nzV (λ)] × dV represents; here, in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardened layer, nzV (λ) represents the principal refractive index at a wavelength λ (nm) in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer, and "(nxV (λ) + nyV (λ)) / 2 ″ represents the average refractive index on the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer at the wavelength λ (nm); dV represents the thickness of the liquid crystal hardened layer.     一種有機EL顯示裝置,係具備申請專利範圍第1項至第12項中任一項所述之橢圓偏光板。     An organic EL display device includes the elliptical polarizer described in any one of the first to twelfth patent applications.    
TW107123702A 2017-07-12 2018-07-09 Elliptical polarizing plate TWI796342B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017136581 2017-07-12
JP2017-136581 2017-07-12

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201908781A true TW201908781A (en) 2019-03-01
TWI796342B TWI796342B (en) 2023-03-21

Family

ID=65001602

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW107123702A TWI796342B (en) 2017-07-12 2018-07-09 Elliptical polarizing plate
TW112105619A TW202323879A (en) 2017-07-12 2018-07-09 Elliptical polarizing plate

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112105619A TW202323879A (en) 2017-07-12 2018-07-09 Elliptical polarizing plate

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (2) JP6763916B2 (en)
KR (2) KR20240005236A (en)
CN (1) CN110869827B (en)
TW (2) TWI796342B (en)
WO (1) WO2019013092A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114026469A (en) * 2019-03-27 2022-02-08 日东电工株式会社 Laminated optical film, method for producing same, polarizing plate, and image display device

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7302974B2 (en) * 2019-01-18 2023-07-04 住友化学株式会社 Laminate, elliptically polarizing plate and polymerizable liquid crystal composition
JP2020126226A (en) * 2019-02-04 2020-08-20 住友化学株式会社 Polarizing plate and display device
WO2020179372A1 (en) * 2019-03-05 2020-09-10 住友化学株式会社 Circularly polarizing plate and circularly polarizing plate with glass plate
JP2020149036A (en) * 2019-03-05 2020-09-17 住友化学株式会社 Circularly polarizing plate, and circularly polarizing plate with glass plate
JP2020173425A (en) * 2019-04-12 2020-10-22 Jsr株式会社 Laminate body, method for manufacturing laminate body, and method for manufacturing optical film
JP7461122B2 (en) * 2019-09-17 2024-04-03 住友化学株式会社 Laminate and elliptically polarizing plate including same
EP4036618A4 (en) * 2019-09-23 2022-11-16 LG Chem, Ltd. Polarizing plate
JP2021179599A (en) 2020-05-11 2021-11-18 住友化学株式会社 Circularly polarizing plate
KR102567054B1 (en) * 2021-04-08 2023-08-14 주식회사 클랩 Achromatic circular polarizer film and antireflection film for display containing with the same
KR102567053B1 (en) * 2021-04-08 2023-08-14 주식회사 클랩 Achromatic circular polarizer film and antireflection film for display containing with the same

Family Cites Families (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH07174919A (en) * 1993-10-28 1995-07-14 Teijin Ltd Production of phase-difference plate
JPH0821999A (en) * 1994-07-07 1996-01-23 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Liquid crystal display device
US5672399A (en) * 1995-11-17 1997-09-30 Donaldson Company, Inc. Filter material construction and method
JP4110777B2 (en) * 2001-12-14 2008-07-02 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Laminated body and elliptically polarizing plate and display device using the same
JP4187616B2 (en) * 2002-09-06 2008-11-26 大日本印刷株式会社 Laminated retardation optical element, manufacturing method thereof, and liquid crystal display device
JP2004109171A (en) * 2002-09-13 2004-04-08 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Optical film, its manufacturing method and liquid crystal display device
JP4708287B2 (en) * 2006-08-25 2011-06-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Manufacturing method of optical film, optical film, polarizing plate, transfer material, liquid crystal display device, and polarized ultraviolet exposure device
CN101135745A (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-03-05 精工爱普生株式会社 Optical element, method of manufacturing the same, and projector
JP2009048157A (en) * 2006-12-21 2009-03-05 Fujifilm Corp Liquid crystal display
JP4973234B2 (en) * 2007-02-22 2012-07-11 住友化学株式会社 Optical film
JP2008216782A (en) * 2007-03-06 2008-09-18 Nitto Denko Corp Optical laminate
US8817373B2 (en) * 2007-07-06 2014-08-26 Nitto Denko Corporation Microcrack free polarization plate
KR100900643B1 (en) * 2008-03-28 2009-06-02 주식회사 엘지화학 A natural rock composite panel and preparation methods thereof
JP2010066630A (en) * 2008-09-12 2010-03-25 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Method for manufacturing optical film, and optical film
KR20140099527A (en) * 2011-12-01 2014-08-12 스미토모 베이클리트 컴퍼니 리미티드 Image display device
TWI653149B (en) * 2013-08-09 2019-03-11 住友化學股份有限公司 Optical film
CN110058344A (en) 2013-08-09 2019-07-26 住友化学株式会社 Optical film
CN104345368B (en) 2013-08-09 2018-10-16 住友化学株式会社 Elliptical polarization plate
TWI637197B (en) * 2013-08-09 2018-10-01 住友化學股份有限公司 Optical film
TWI650243B (en) * 2013-08-09 2019-02-11 住友化學股份有限公司 Optical film
JP6427340B2 (en) * 2013-09-11 2018-11-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Optically anisotropic layer and method of manufacturing the same, laminate and method of manufacturing the same, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device
KR101747559B1 (en) * 2015-03-30 2017-06-14 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Polarizing plate
JP6749907B2 (en) * 2015-07-30 2020-09-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminated body, solid-state imaging device, laminated body manufacturing method, and kit
JP6606555B2 (en) * 2015-09-30 2019-11-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminate, optical sensor, and kit

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114026469A (en) * 2019-03-27 2022-02-08 日东电工株式会社 Laminated optical film, method for producing same, polarizing plate, and image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110869827B (en) 2023-06-06
KR20240005236A (en) 2024-01-11
CN110869827A (en) 2020-03-06
KR20200022032A (en) 2020-03-02
JP2019135561A (en) 2019-08-15
TWI796342B (en) 2023-03-21
JP2019020725A (en) 2019-02-07
TW202323879A (en) 2023-06-16
WO2019013092A1 (en) 2019-01-17
JP6763916B2 (en) 2020-09-30
JP7299746B2 (en) 2023-06-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI796342B (en) Elliptical polarizing plate
JP7356480B2 (en) Optical film and its manufacturing method
TWI723200B (en) Elliptically polarizing plate
TWI781214B (en) Retardation plate with optical compensation function
TWI798354B (en) combination
JP7339039B2 (en) long film
TWI780207B (en) Retardation plate with optical compensation function for flexible display
KR20220005480A (en) Composition for forming a laminate and a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film
WO2019159887A1 (en) Vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film
JP7001379B2 (en) Functional transferable plastic film
JP7302954B2 (en) Laminate containing horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film
TW202325825A (en) Layered body and method for manufacturing same